2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
2018-11-28 14:26:14 +03:00
// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
feat(quota): Humble beginnings of a quota engine
This is an implementation of a quota engine, and the API routes to
manage its settings. This does *not* contain any enforcement code: this
is just the bedrock, the engine itself.
The goal of the engine is to be flexible and future proof: to be nimble
enough to build on it further, without having to rewrite large parts of
it.
It might feel a little more complicated than necessary, because the goal
was to be able to support scenarios only very few Forgejo instances
need, scenarios the vast majority of mostly smaller instances simply do
not care about. The goal is to support both big and small, and for that,
we need a solid, flexible foundation.
There are thee big parts to the engine: counting quota use, setting
limits, and evaluating whether the usage is within the limits. Sounds
simple on paper, less so in practice!
Quota counting
==============
Quota is counted based on repo ownership, whenever possible, because
repo owners are in ultimate control over the resources they use: they
can delete repos, attachments, everything, even if they don't *own*
those themselves. They can clean up, and will always have the permission
and access required to do so. Would we count quota based on the owning
user, that could lead to situations where a user is unable to free up
space, because they uploaded a big attachment to a repo that has been
taken private since. It's both more fair, and much safer to count quota
against repo owners.
This means that if user A uploads an attachment to an issue opened
against organization O, that will count towards the quota of
organization O, rather than user A.
One's quota usage stats can be queried using the `/user/quota` API
endpoint. To figure out what's eating into it, the
`/user/repos?order_by=size`, `/user/quota/attachments`,
`/user/quota/artifacts`, and `/user/quota/packages` endpoints should be
consulted. There's also `/user/quota/check?subject=<...>` to check
whether the signed-in user is within a particular quota limit.
Quotas are counted based on sizes stored in the database.
Setting quota limits
====================
There are different "subjects" one can limit usage for. At this time,
only size-based limits are implemented, which are:
- `size:all`: As the name would imply, the total size of everything
Forgejo tracks.
- `size:repos:all`: The total size of all repositories (not including
LFS).
- `size:repos:public`: The total size of all public repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:repos:private`: The total size of all private repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:git:all`: The total size of all git data (including all
repositories, and LFS).
- `size:git:lfs`: The size of all git LFS data (either in private or
public repos).
- `size:assets:all`: The size of all assets tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:all`: The size of all kinds of attachments
tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:issues`: Size of all attachments attached to
issues, including issue comments.
- `size:assets:attachments:releases`: Size of all attachments attached
to releases. This does *not* include automatically generated archives.
- `size:assets:artifacts`: Size of all Action artifacts.
- `size:assets:packages:all`: Size of all Packages.
- `size:wiki`: Wiki size
Wiki size is currently not tracked, and the engine will always deem it
within quota.
These subjects are built into Rules, which set a limit on *all* subjects
within a rule. Thus, we can create a rule that says: "1Gb limit on all
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, combined". For a rule to
stand, the total sum of all subjects must be below the rule's limit.
Rules are in turn collected into groups. A group is just a name, and a
list of rules. For a group to stand, all of its rules must stand. Thus,
if we have a group with two rules, one that sets a combined 1Gb limit on
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, and another rule that sets a
256Mb limit on packages, if the user has 512Mb of packages, the group
will not stand, because the second rule deems it over quota. Similarly,
if the user has only 128Mb of packages, but 900Mb of release assets, the
group will not stand, because the combined size of packages and release
assets is over the 1Gb limit of the first rule.
Groups themselves are collected into Group Lists. A group list stands
when *any* of the groups within stand. This allows an administrator to
set conservative defaults, but then place select users into additional
groups that increase some aspect of their limits.
To top it off, it is possible to set the default quota groups a user
belongs to in `app.ini`. If there's no explicit assignment, the engine
will use the default groups. This makes it possible to avoid having to
assign each and every user a list of quota groups, and only those need
to be explicitly assigned who need a different set of groups than the
defaults.
If a user has any quota groups assigned to them, the default list will
not be considered for them.
The management APIs
===================
This commit contains the engine itself, its unit tests, and the quota
management APIs. It does not contain any enforcement.
The APIs are documented in-code, and in the swagger docs, and the
integration tests can serve as an example on how to use them.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:25:41 +03:00
// Copyright 2023-2024 The Forgejo Authors. All rights reserved.
2022-11-27 21:20:29 +03:00
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
2023-11-22 11:09:19 +03:00
// Package v1 Gitea API
2017-05-02 16:35:59 +03:00
//
2017-11-13 10:02:25 +03:00
// This documentation describes the Gitea API.
2017-05-02 16:35:59 +03:00
//
2023-12-08 01:17:14 +03:00
// Schemes: https, http
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// BasePath: /api/v1
2024-02-18 12:52:02 +03:00
// Version: {{AppVer | JSEscape}}
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// License: MIT http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT
2017-05-02 16:35:59 +03:00
//
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// Consumes:
// - application/json
// - text/plain
2017-05-02 16:35:59 +03:00
//
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// Produces:
// - application/json
// - text/html
2017-05-02 16:35:59 +03:00
//
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// Security:
// - BasicAuth :
// - Token :
// - AccessToken :
// - AuthorizationHeaderToken :
// - SudoParam :
// - SudoHeader :
// - TOTPHeader :
2017-08-21 14:13:47 +03:00
//
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// SecurityDefinitions:
// BasicAuth:
// type: basic
// Token:
// type: apiKey
// name: token
// in: query
2023-12-12 06:48:53 +03:00
// description: This authentication option is deprecated for removal in Gitea 1.23. Please use AuthorizationHeaderToken instead.
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// AccessToken:
// type: apiKey
// name: access_token
// in: query
2023-12-12 06:48:53 +03:00
// description: This authentication option is deprecated for removal in Gitea 1.23. Please use AuthorizationHeaderToken instead.
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// AuthorizationHeaderToken:
// type: apiKey
// name: Authorization
// in: header
// description: API tokens must be prepended with "token" followed by a space.
// SudoParam:
// type: apiKey
// name: sudo
// in: query
// description: Sudo API request as the user provided as the key. Admin privileges are required.
// SudoHeader:
// type: apiKey
// name: Sudo
// in: header
// description: Sudo API request as the user provided as the key. Admin privileges are required.
// TOTPHeader:
// type: apiKey
2023-02-24 16:24:29 +03:00
// name: X-FORGEJO-OTP
2022-08-31 05:15:45 +03:00
// in: header
// description: Must be used in combination with BasicAuth if two-factor authentication is enabled.
2017-08-21 14:13:47 +03:00
//
2017-05-02 16:35:59 +03:00
// swagger:meta
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
package v1
import (
2021-11-22 16:05:29 +03:00
"fmt"
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
"net/http"
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
"strings"
Implement actions (#21937)
Close #13539.
Co-authored by: @lunny @appleboy @fuxiaohei and others.
Related projects:
- https://gitea.com/gitea/actions-proto-def
- https://gitea.com/gitea/actions-proto-go
- https://gitea.com/gitea/act
- https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner
### Summary
The target of this PR is to bring a basic implementation of "Actions",
an internal CI/CD system of Gitea. That means even though it has been
merged, the state of the feature is **EXPERIMENTAL**, and please note
that:
- It is disabled by default;
- It shouldn't be used in a production environment currently;
- It shouldn't be used in a public Gitea instance currently;
- Breaking changes may be made before it's stable.
**Please comment on #13539 if you have any different product design
ideas**, all decisions reached there will be adopted here. But in this
PR, we don't talk about **naming, feature-creep or alternatives**.
### ⚠️ Breaking
`gitea-actions` will become a reserved user name. If a user with the
name already exists in the database, it is recommended to rename it.
### Some important reviews
- What is `DEFAULT_ACTIONS_URL` in `app.ini` for?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1055954954
- Why the api for runners is not under the normal `/api/v1` prefix?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1061173592
- Why DBFS?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1061301178
- Why ignore events triggered by `gitea-actions` bot?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1063254103
- Why there's no permission control for actions?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1090229868
### What it looks like
<details>
#### Manage runners
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205870657-c72f590e-2e08-4cd4-be7f-2e0abb299bbf.png">
#### List runs
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205872794-50fde990-2b45-48c1-a178-908e4ec5b627.png">
#### View logs
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205872501-9b7b9000-9542-4991-8f55-18ccdada77c3.png">
</details>
### How to try it
<details>
#### 1. Start Gitea
Clone this branch and [install from
source](https://docs.gitea.io/en-us/install-from-source).
Add additional configurations in `app.ini` to enable Actions:
```ini
[actions]
ENABLED = true
```
Start it.
If all is well, you'll see the management page of runners:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205877365-8e30a780-9b10-4154-b3e8-ee6c3cb35a59.png">
#### 2. Start runner
Clone the [act_runner](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner), and follow
the
[README](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner/src/branch/main/README.md)
to start it.
If all is well, you'll see a new runner has been added:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205878000-216f5937-e696-470d-b66c-8473987d91c3.png">
#### 3. Enable actions for a repo
Create a new repo or open an existing one, check the `Actions` checkbox
in settings and submit.
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205879705-53e09208-73c0-4b3e-a123-2dcf9aba4b9c.png">
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205879383-23f3d08f-1a85-41dd-a8b3-54e2ee6453e8.png">
If all is well, you'll see a new tab "Actions":
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205881648-a8072d8c-5803-4d76-b8a8-9b2fb49516c1.png">
#### 4. Upload workflow files
Upload some workflow files to `.gitea/workflows/xxx.yaml`, you can
follow the [quickstart](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/quickstart)
of GitHub Actions. Yes, Gitea Actions is compatible with GitHub Actions
in most cases, you can use the same demo:
```yaml
name: GitHub Actions Demo
run-name: ${{ github.actor }} is testing out GitHub Actions 🚀
on: [push]
jobs:
Explore-GitHub-Actions:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- run: echo "🎉 The job was automatically triggered by a ${{ github.event_name }} event."
- run: echo "🐧 This job is now running on a ${{ runner.os }} server hosted by GitHub!"
- run: echo "🔎 The name of your branch is ${{ github.ref }} and your repository is ${{ github.repository }}."
- name: Check out repository code
uses: actions/checkout@v3
- run: echo "💡 The ${{ github.repository }} repository has been cloned to the runner."
- run: echo "🖥️ The workflow is now ready to test your code on the runner."
- name: List files in the repository
run: |
ls ${{ github.workspace }}
- run: echo "🍏 This job's status is ${{ job.status }}."
```
If all is well, you'll see a new run in `Actions` tab:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205884473-79a874bc-171b-4aaf-acd5-0241a45c3b53.png">
#### 5. Check the logs of jobs
Click a run and you'll see the logs:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205884800-994b0374-67f7-48ff-be9a-4c53f3141547.png">
#### 6. Go on
You can try more examples in [the
documents](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions)
of GitHub Actions, then you might find a lot of bugs.
Come on, PRs are welcome.
</details>
See also: [Feature Preview: Gitea
Actions](https://blog.gitea.io/2022/12/feature-preview-gitea-actions/)
---------
Co-authored-by: a1012112796 <1012112796@qq.com>
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <xiaolunwen@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: delvh <dev.lh@web.de>
Co-authored-by: ChristopherHX <christopher.homberger@web.de>
Co-authored-by: John Olheiser <john.olheiser@gmail.com>
2023-01-31 04:45:19 +03:00
actions_model "code.gitea.io/gitea/models/actions"
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
auth_model "code.gitea.io/gitea/models/auth"
2024-01-11 13:54:16 +03:00
issues_model "code.gitea.io/gitea/models/issues"
2022-03-29 09:29:02 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/models/organization"
2022-03-30 11:42:47 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/models/perm"
2022-05-11 13:09:36 +03:00
access_model "code.gitea.io/gitea/models/perm/access"
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
quota_model "code.gitea.io/gitea/models/quota"
2021-12-10 04:27:50 +03:00
repo_model "code.gitea.io/gitea/models/repo"
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/models/unit"
2021-11-11 10:03:30 +03:00
user_model "code.gitea.io/gitea/models/user"
2024-05-07 10:59:49 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/modules/forgefed"
2018-09-07 06:31:29 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/modules/log"
2018-02-14 07:46:00 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/modules/setting"
2019-05-11 13:21:34 +03:00
api "code.gitea.io/gitea/modules/structs"
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/modules/web"
2024-03-19 10:16:19 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/shared"
User keypairs and HTTP signatures for ActivityPub federation using go-ap (#19133)
* go.mod: add go-fed/{httpsig,activity/pub,activity/streams} dependency
go get github.com/go-fed/activity/streams@master
go get github.com/go-fed/activity/pub@master
go get github.com/go-fed/httpsig@master
* activitypub: implement /api/v1/activitypub/user/{username} (#14186)
Return informations regarding a Person (as defined in ActivityStreams
https://www.w3.org/TR/activitystreams-vocabulary/#dfn-person).
Refs: https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/14186
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: add the public key to Person (#14186)
Refs: https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/14186
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: go-fed conformant Clock instance
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: signing http client
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: implement the ReqSignature middleware
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: hack_16834
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* Fix CI checks-backend errors with go mod tidy
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Change 2021 to 2022, properly format package imports
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Run make fmt and make generate-swagger
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Use Gitea JSON library, add assert for pkp
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Run make fmt again, fix err var redeclaration
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Remove LogSQL from ActivityPub person test
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Assert if json.Unmarshal succeeds
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Cleanup, handle invalid usernames for ActivityPub person GET request
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Rename hack_16834 to user_settings
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Use the httplib module instead of http for GET requests
* Clean up whitespace with make fmt
* Use time.RFC1123 and make the http.Client proxy-aware
* Check if digest algo is supported in setting module
* Clean up some variable declarations
* Remove unneeded copy
* Use system timezone instead of setting.DefaultUILocation
* Use named constant for httpsigExpirationTime
* Make pubKey IRI #main-key instead of /#main-key
* Move /#main-key to #main-key in tests
* Implemented Webfinger endpoint.
* Add visible check.
* Add user profile as alias.
* Add actor IRI and remote interaction URL to WebFinger response
* fmt
* Fix lint errors
* Use go-ap instead of go-fed
* Run go mod tidy to fix missing modules in go.mod and go.sum
* make fmt
* Convert remaining code to go-ap
* Clean up go.sum
* Fix JSON unmarshall error
* Fix CI errors by adding @context to Person() and making sure types match
* Correctly decode JSON in api_activitypub_person_test.go
* Force CI rerun
* Fix TestActivityPubPersonInbox segfault
* Fix lint error
* Use @mariusor's suggestions for idiomatic go-ap usage
* Correctly add inbox/outbox IRIs to person
* Code cleanup
* Remove another LogSQL from ActivityPub person test
* Move httpsig algos slice to an init() function
* Add actor IRI and remote interaction URL to WebFinger response
* Update TestWebFinger to check for ActivityPub IRI in aliases
* make fmt
* Force CI rerun
* WebFinger: Add CORS header and fix Href -> Template for remote interactions
The CORS header is needed due to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7033#section-5 and fixes some Peertube <-> Gitea federation issues
* make lint-backend
* Make sure Person endpoint has Content-Type application/activity+json and includes PreferredUsername, URL, and Icon
Setting the correct Content-Type is essential for federating with Mastodon
* Use UTC instead of GMT
* Rename pkey to pubKey
* Make sure HTTP request Date in GMT
* make fmt
* dont drop err
* Make sure API responses always refer to username in original case
Copied from what I wrote on #19133 discussion: Handling username case is a very tricky issue and I've already encountered a Mastodon <-> Gitea federation bug due to Gitea considering Ta180m and ta180m to be the same user while Mastodon thinks they are two different users. I think the best way forward is for Gitea to only use the original case version of the username for federation so other AP software don't get confused.
* Move httpsig algs constant slice to modules/setting/federation.go
* Add new federation settings to app.example.ini and config-cheat-sheet
* Return if marshalling error
* Make sure Person IRIs are generated correctly
This commit ensures that if the setting.AppURL is something like "http://127.0.0.1:42567" (like in the integration tests), a trailing slash will be added after that URL.
* If httpsig verification fails, fix Host header and try again
This fixes a very rare bug when Gitea and another AP server (confirmed to happen with Mastodon) are running on the same machine, Gitea fails to verify incoming HTTP signatures. This is because the other AP server creates the sig with the public Gitea domain as the Host. However, when Gitea receives the request, the Host header is instead localhost, so the signature verification fails. Manually changing the host header to the correct value and trying the veification again fixes the bug.
* Revert "If httpsig verification fails, fix Host header and try again"
This reverts commit f53e46c721a037c55facb9200106a6b491bf834c.
The bug was actually caused by nginx messing up the Host header when reverse-proxying since I didn't have the line `proxy_set_header Host $host;` in my nginx config for Gitea.
* Go back to using ap.IRI to generate inbox and outbox IRIs
* use const for key values
* Update routers/web/webfinger.go
* Use ctx.JSON in Person response to make code cleaner
* Revert "Use ctx.JSON in Person response to make code cleaner"
This doesn't work because the ctx.JSON() function already sends the response out and it's too late to edit the headers.
This reverts commit 95aad988975be3393c76094864ed6ba962157e0c.
* Use activitypub.ActivityStreamsContentType for Person response Content Type
* Limit maximum ActivityPub request and response sizes to a configurable setting
* Move setting key constants to models/user/setting_keys.go
* Fix failing ActivityPubPerson integration test by checking the correct field for username
* Add a warning about changing settings that can break federation
* Add better comments
* Don't multiply Federation.MaxSize by 1<<20 twice
* Add more better comments
* Fix failing ActivityPubMissingPerson test
We now use ctx.ContextUser so the message printed out when a user does not exist is slightly different
* make generate-swagger
For some reason I didn't realize that /templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl was machine-generated by make generate-swagger... I've been editing it by hand for three months! 🤦
* Move getting the RFC 2616 time to a separate function
* More code cleanup
* Update go-ap to fix empty liked collection and removed unneeded HTTP headers
* go mod tidy
* Add ed25519 to httpsig algorithms
* Use go-ap/jsonld to add @context and marshal JSON
* Change Gitea user agent from the default to Gitea/Version
* Use ctx.ServerError and remove all remote interaction code from webfinger.go
2022-06-19 08:25:12 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/activitypub"
2016-11-10 19:24:48 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/admin"
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/misc"
2020-01-09 14:56:32 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/notify"
2016-11-10 19:24:48 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/org"
2022-03-30 11:42:47 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/packages"
2016-11-10 19:24:48 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/repo"
2020-06-22 21:21:31 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/settings"
2016-11-10 19:24:48 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/user"
2024-04-26 16:11:49 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/services/actions"
2021-06-09 20:53:16 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/services/auth"
2024-02-27 10:12:22 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/services/context"
2021-04-06 22:44:05 +03:00
"code.gitea.io/gitea/services/forms"
2017-11-13 10:02:25 +03:00
2021-11-17 15:34:35 +03:00
_ "code.gitea.io/gitea/routers/api/v1/swagger" // for swagger generation
2024-11-05 23:40:44 +03:00
"code.forgejo.org/go-chi/binding"
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
)
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func sudo ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2018-09-07 06:31:29 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2021-08-11 03:31:13 +03:00
sudo := ctx . FormString ( "sudo" )
2018-10-21 00:25:14 +03:00
if len ( sudo ) == 0 {
2018-09-07 06:31:29 +03:00
sudo = ctx . Req . Header . Get ( "Sudo" )
}
if len ( sudo ) > 0 {
2022-03-22 10:03:22 +03:00
if ctx . IsSigned && ctx . Doer . IsAdmin {
2022-05-20 17:08:52 +03:00
user , err := user_model . GetUserByName ( ctx , sudo )
2018-09-07 06:31:29 +03:00
if err != nil {
2021-11-24 12:49:20 +03:00
if user_model . IsErrUserNotExist ( err ) {
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2018-09-07 06:31:29 +03:00
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "GetUserByName" , err )
2018-09-07 06:31:29 +03:00
}
return
}
2022-03-22 10:03:22 +03:00
log . Trace ( "Sudo from (%s) to: %s" , ctx . Doer . Name , user . Name )
ctx . Doer = user
2018-09-07 06:31:29 +03:00
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . JSON ( http . StatusForbidden , map [ string ] string {
2018-09-07 06:31:29 +03:00
"message" : "Only administrators allowed to sudo." ,
} )
return
}
}
}
}
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func repoAssignment ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2016-03-14 01:49:16 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
userName := ctx . Params ( "username" )
repoName := ctx . Params ( "reponame" )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
var (
2021-11-24 12:49:20 +03:00
owner * user_model . User
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
err error
)
// Check if the user is the same as the repository owner.
2022-03-22 10:03:22 +03:00
if ctx . IsSigned && ctx . Doer . LowerName == strings . ToLower ( userName ) {
owner = ctx . Doer
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
} else {
2022-05-20 17:08:52 +03:00
owner , err = user_model . GetUserByName ( ctx , userName )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
if err != nil {
2021-11-24 12:49:20 +03:00
if user_model . IsErrUserNotExist ( err ) {
2023-09-25 16:17:37 +03:00
if redirectUserID , err := user_model . LookupUserRedirect ( ctx , userName ) ; err == nil {
2023-05-21 04:50:53 +03:00
context . RedirectToUser ( ctx . Base , userName , redirectUserID )
2021-11-11 10:03:30 +03:00
} else if user_model . IsErrUserRedirectNotExist ( err ) {
2021-01-24 18:23:05 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( "GetUserByName" , err )
} else {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "LookupUserRedirect" , err )
}
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "GetUserByName" , err )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
}
return
}
}
ctx . Repo . Owner = owner
2022-03-26 12:04:22 +03:00
ctx . ContextUser = owner
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
// Get repository.
2023-10-11 07:24:07 +03:00
repo , err := repo_model . GetRepositoryByName ( ctx , owner . ID , repoName )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
if err != nil {
2021-12-10 04:27:50 +03:00
if repo_model . IsErrRepoNotExist ( err ) {
2023-10-14 11:37:24 +03:00
redirectRepoID , err := repo_model . LookupRedirect ( ctx , owner . ID , repoName )
2017-02-05 17:35:03 +03:00
if err == nil {
2023-05-21 04:50:53 +03:00
context . RedirectToRepo ( ctx . Base , redirectRepoID )
2021-12-12 18:48:20 +03:00
} else if repo_model . IsErrRedirectNotExist ( err ) {
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2017-02-05 17:35:03 +03:00
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "LookupRepoRedirect" , err )
2017-02-05 17:35:03 +03:00
}
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "GetRepositoryByName" , err )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
}
return
}
2019-04-25 21:59:10 +03:00
2017-02-02 15:33:56 +03:00
repo . Owner = owner
2018-11-28 14:26:14 +03:00
ctx . Repo . Repository = repo
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
Implement actions (#21937)
Close #13539.
Co-authored by: @lunny @appleboy @fuxiaohei and others.
Related projects:
- https://gitea.com/gitea/actions-proto-def
- https://gitea.com/gitea/actions-proto-go
- https://gitea.com/gitea/act
- https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner
### Summary
The target of this PR is to bring a basic implementation of "Actions",
an internal CI/CD system of Gitea. That means even though it has been
merged, the state of the feature is **EXPERIMENTAL**, and please note
that:
- It is disabled by default;
- It shouldn't be used in a production environment currently;
- It shouldn't be used in a public Gitea instance currently;
- Breaking changes may be made before it's stable.
**Please comment on #13539 if you have any different product design
ideas**, all decisions reached there will be adopted here. But in this
PR, we don't talk about **naming, feature-creep or alternatives**.
### ⚠️ Breaking
`gitea-actions` will become a reserved user name. If a user with the
name already exists in the database, it is recommended to rename it.
### Some important reviews
- What is `DEFAULT_ACTIONS_URL` in `app.ini` for?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1055954954
- Why the api for runners is not under the normal `/api/v1` prefix?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1061173592
- Why DBFS?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1061301178
- Why ignore events triggered by `gitea-actions` bot?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1063254103
- Why there's no permission control for actions?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1090229868
### What it looks like
<details>
#### Manage runners
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205870657-c72f590e-2e08-4cd4-be7f-2e0abb299bbf.png">
#### List runs
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205872794-50fde990-2b45-48c1-a178-908e4ec5b627.png">
#### View logs
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205872501-9b7b9000-9542-4991-8f55-18ccdada77c3.png">
</details>
### How to try it
<details>
#### 1. Start Gitea
Clone this branch and [install from
source](https://docs.gitea.io/en-us/install-from-source).
Add additional configurations in `app.ini` to enable Actions:
```ini
[actions]
ENABLED = true
```
Start it.
If all is well, you'll see the management page of runners:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205877365-8e30a780-9b10-4154-b3e8-ee6c3cb35a59.png">
#### 2. Start runner
Clone the [act_runner](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner), and follow
the
[README](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner/src/branch/main/README.md)
to start it.
If all is well, you'll see a new runner has been added:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205878000-216f5937-e696-470d-b66c-8473987d91c3.png">
#### 3. Enable actions for a repo
Create a new repo or open an existing one, check the `Actions` checkbox
in settings and submit.
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205879705-53e09208-73c0-4b3e-a123-2dcf9aba4b9c.png">
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205879383-23f3d08f-1a85-41dd-a8b3-54e2ee6453e8.png">
If all is well, you'll see a new tab "Actions":
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205881648-a8072d8c-5803-4d76-b8a8-9b2fb49516c1.png">
#### 4. Upload workflow files
Upload some workflow files to `.gitea/workflows/xxx.yaml`, you can
follow the [quickstart](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/quickstart)
of GitHub Actions. Yes, Gitea Actions is compatible with GitHub Actions
in most cases, you can use the same demo:
```yaml
name: GitHub Actions Demo
run-name: ${{ github.actor }} is testing out GitHub Actions 🚀
on: [push]
jobs:
Explore-GitHub-Actions:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- run: echo "🎉 The job was automatically triggered by a ${{ github.event_name }} event."
- run: echo "🐧 This job is now running on a ${{ runner.os }} server hosted by GitHub!"
- run: echo "🔎 The name of your branch is ${{ github.ref }} and your repository is ${{ github.repository }}."
- name: Check out repository code
uses: actions/checkout@v3
- run: echo "💡 The ${{ github.repository }} repository has been cloned to the runner."
- run: echo "🖥️ The workflow is now ready to test your code on the runner."
- name: List files in the repository
run: |
ls ${{ github.workspace }}
- run: echo "🍏 This job's status is ${{ job.status }}."
```
If all is well, you'll see a new run in `Actions` tab:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205884473-79a874bc-171b-4aaf-acd5-0241a45c3b53.png">
#### 5. Check the logs of jobs
Click a run and you'll see the logs:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205884800-994b0374-67f7-48ff-be9a-4c53f3141547.png">
#### 6. Go on
You can try more examples in [the
documents](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions)
of GitHub Actions, then you might find a lot of bugs.
Come on, PRs are welcome.
</details>
See also: [Feature Preview: Gitea
Actions](https://blog.gitea.io/2022/12/feature-preview-gitea-actions/)
---------
Co-authored-by: a1012112796 <1012112796@qq.com>
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <xiaolunwen@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: delvh <dev.lh@web.de>
Co-authored-by: ChristopherHX <christopher.homberger@web.de>
Co-authored-by: John Olheiser <john.olheiser@gmail.com>
2023-01-31 04:45:19 +03:00
if ctx . Doer != nil && ctx . Doer . ID == user_model . ActionsUserID {
taskID := ctx . Data [ "ActionsTaskID" ] . ( int64 )
task , err := actions_model . GetTaskByID ( ctx , taskID )
if err != nil {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "actions_model.GetTaskByID" , err )
return
}
if task . RepoID != repo . ID {
ctx . NotFound ( )
return
}
if task . IsForkPullRequest {
ctx . Repo . Permission . AccessMode = perm . AccessModeRead
} else {
ctx . Repo . Permission . AccessMode = perm . AccessModeWrite
}
if err := ctx . Repo . Repository . LoadUnits ( ctx ) ; err != nil {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "LoadUnits" , err )
return
}
ctx . Repo . Permission . Units = ctx . Repo . Repository . Units
ctx . Repo . Permission . UnitsMode = make ( map [ unit . Type ] perm . AccessMode )
for _ , u := range ctx . Repo . Repository . Units {
ctx . Repo . Permission . UnitsMode [ u . Type ] = ctx . Repo . Permission . AccessMode
}
} else {
ctx . Repo . Permission , err = access_model . GetUserRepoPermission ( ctx , repo , ctx . Doer )
if err != nil {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "GetUserRepoPermission" , err )
return
}
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
}
2016-03-14 06:20:22 +03:00
if ! ctx . Repo . HasAccess ( ) {
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2024-01-11 13:54:16 +03:00
// must be used within a group with a call to repoAssignment() to set ctx.Repo
func commentAssignment ( idParam string ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
comment , err := issues_model . GetCommentByID ( ctx , ctx . ParamsInt64 ( idParam ) )
if err != nil {
if issues_model . IsErrCommentNotExist ( err ) {
ctx . NotFound ( err )
} else {
ctx . InternalServerError ( err )
}
return
}
if err = comment . LoadIssue ( ctx ) ; err != nil {
ctx . InternalServerError ( err )
return
}
if comment . Issue == nil || comment . Issue . RepoID != ctx . Repo . Repository . ID {
ctx . NotFound ( )
return
}
if ! ctx . Repo . CanReadIssuesOrPulls ( comment . Issue . IsPull ) {
ctx . NotFound ( )
return
}
comment . Issue . Repo = ctx . Repo . Repository
ctx . Comment = comment
}
}
2022-03-30 11:42:47 +03:00
func reqPackageAccess ( accessMode perm . AccessMode ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
if ctx . Package . AccessMode < accessMode && ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqPackageAccess" , "user should have specific permission or be a site admin" )
return
}
}
}
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
func checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
if ! ctx . PublicOnly {
return
}
requiredScopeCategories , ok := ctx . Data [ "requiredScopeCategories" ] . ( [ ] auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategory )
if ! ok || len ( requiredScopeCategories ) == 0 {
return
}
// public Only permission check
switch {
case auth_model . ContainsCategory ( requiredScopeCategories , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryRepository ) :
if ctx . Repo . Repository != nil && ctx . Repo . Repository . IsPrivate {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqToken" , "token scope is limited to public repos" )
return
}
case auth_model . ContainsCategory ( requiredScopeCategories , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryIssue ) :
if ctx . Repo . Repository != nil && ctx . Repo . Repository . IsPrivate {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqToken" , "token scope is limited to public issues" )
return
}
case auth_model . ContainsCategory ( requiredScopeCategories , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization ) :
if ctx . Org . Organization != nil && ctx . Org . Organization . Visibility != api . VisibleTypePublic {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqToken" , "token scope is limited to public orgs" )
return
}
if ctx . ContextUser != nil && ctx . ContextUser . IsOrganization ( ) && ctx . ContextUser . Visibility != api . VisibleTypePublic {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqToken" , "token scope is limited to public orgs" )
return
}
case auth_model . ContainsCategory ( requiredScopeCategories , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser ) :
if ctx . ContextUser != nil && ctx . ContextUser . IsUser ( ) && ctx . ContextUser . Visibility != api . VisibleTypePublic {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqToken" , "token scope is limited to public users" )
return
}
case auth_model . ContainsCategory ( requiredScopeCategories , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryActivityPub ) :
if ctx . ContextUser != nil && ctx . ContextUser . IsUser ( ) && ctx . ContextUser . Visibility != api . VisibleTypePublic {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqToken" , "token scope is limited to public activitypub" )
return
}
case auth_model . ContainsCategory ( requiredScopeCategories , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryNotification ) :
if ctx . Repo . Repository != nil && ctx . Repo . Repository . IsPrivate {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqToken" , "token scope is limited to public notifications" )
return
}
case auth_model . ContainsCategory ( requiredScopeCategories , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryPackage ) :
if ctx . Package != nil && ctx . Package . Owner . Visibility . IsPrivate ( ) {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqToken" , "token scope is limited to public packages" )
return
}
}
}
}
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
// if a token is being used for auth, we check that it contains the required scope
// if a token is not being used, reqToken will enforce other sign in methods
func tokenRequiresScopes ( requiredScopeCategories ... auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategory ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
// no scope required
if len ( requiredScopeCategories ) == 0 {
return
}
// Need OAuth2 token to be present.
scope , scopeExists := ctx . Data [ "ApiTokenScope" ] . ( auth_model . AccessTokenScope )
if ctx . Data [ "IsApiToken" ] != true || ! scopeExists {
return
}
// use the http method to determine the access level
requiredScopeLevel := auth_model . Read
if ctx . Req . Method == "POST" || ctx . Req . Method == "PUT" || ctx . Req . Method == "PATCH" || ctx . Req . Method == "DELETE" {
requiredScopeLevel = auth_model . Write
}
// get the required scope for the given access level and category
requiredScopes := auth_model . GetRequiredScopes ( requiredScopeLevel , requiredScopeCategories ... )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
allow , err := scope . HasScope ( requiredScopes ... )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
if err != nil {
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "tokenRequiresScope" , "checking scope failed: " + err . Error ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
return
}
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
if ! allow {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "tokenRequiresScope" , fmt . Sprintf ( "token does not have at least one of required scope(s): %v" , requiredScopes ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
return
}
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
ctx . Data [ "requiredScopeCategories" ] = requiredScopeCategories
// check if scope only applies to public resources
publicOnly , err := scope . PublicOnly ( )
if err != nil {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "tokenRequiresScope" , "parsing public resource scope failed: " + err . Error ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
return
}
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
// assign to true so that those searching should only filter public repositories/users/organizations
ctx . PublicOnly = publicOnly
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
}
}
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
// Contexter middleware already checks token for user sign in process.
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
func reqToken ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2018-11-04 04:15:55 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
Implement actions (#21937)
Close #13539.
Co-authored by: @lunny @appleboy @fuxiaohei and others.
Related projects:
- https://gitea.com/gitea/actions-proto-def
- https://gitea.com/gitea/actions-proto-go
- https://gitea.com/gitea/act
- https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner
### Summary
The target of this PR is to bring a basic implementation of "Actions",
an internal CI/CD system of Gitea. That means even though it has been
merged, the state of the feature is **EXPERIMENTAL**, and please note
that:
- It is disabled by default;
- It shouldn't be used in a production environment currently;
- It shouldn't be used in a public Gitea instance currently;
- Breaking changes may be made before it's stable.
**Please comment on #13539 if you have any different product design
ideas**, all decisions reached there will be adopted here. But in this
PR, we don't talk about **naming, feature-creep or alternatives**.
### ⚠️ Breaking
`gitea-actions` will become a reserved user name. If a user with the
name already exists in the database, it is recommended to rename it.
### Some important reviews
- What is `DEFAULT_ACTIONS_URL` in `app.ini` for?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1055954954
- Why the api for runners is not under the normal `/api/v1` prefix?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1061173592
- Why DBFS?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1061301178
- Why ignore events triggered by `gitea-actions` bot?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1063254103
- Why there's no permission control for actions?
- https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/21937#discussion_r1090229868
### What it looks like
<details>
#### Manage runners
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205870657-c72f590e-2e08-4cd4-be7f-2e0abb299bbf.png">
#### List runs
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205872794-50fde990-2b45-48c1-a178-908e4ec5b627.png">
#### View logs
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205872501-9b7b9000-9542-4991-8f55-18ccdada77c3.png">
</details>
### How to try it
<details>
#### 1. Start Gitea
Clone this branch and [install from
source](https://docs.gitea.io/en-us/install-from-source).
Add additional configurations in `app.ini` to enable Actions:
```ini
[actions]
ENABLED = true
```
Start it.
If all is well, you'll see the management page of runners:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205877365-8e30a780-9b10-4154-b3e8-ee6c3cb35a59.png">
#### 2. Start runner
Clone the [act_runner](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner), and follow
the
[README](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner/src/branch/main/README.md)
to start it.
If all is well, you'll see a new runner has been added:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205878000-216f5937-e696-470d-b66c-8473987d91c3.png">
#### 3. Enable actions for a repo
Create a new repo or open an existing one, check the `Actions` checkbox
in settings and submit.
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205879705-53e09208-73c0-4b3e-a123-2dcf9aba4b9c.png">
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205879383-23f3d08f-1a85-41dd-a8b3-54e2ee6453e8.png">
If all is well, you'll see a new tab "Actions":
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205881648-a8072d8c-5803-4d76-b8a8-9b2fb49516c1.png">
#### 4. Upload workflow files
Upload some workflow files to `.gitea/workflows/xxx.yaml`, you can
follow the [quickstart](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/quickstart)
of GitHub Actions. Yes, Gitea Actions is compatible with GitHub Actions
in most cases, you can use the same demo:
```yaml
name: GitHub Actions Demo
run-name: ${{ github.actor }} is testing out GitHub Actions 🚀
on: [push]
jobs:
Explore-GitHub-Actions:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- run: echo "🎉 The job was automatically triggered by a ${{ github.event_name }} event."
- run: echo "🐧 This job is now running on a ${{ runner.os }} server hosted by GitHub!"
- run: echo "🔎 The name of your branch is ${{ github.ref }} and your repository is ${{ github.repository }}."
- name: Check out repository code
uses: actions/checkout@v3
- run: echo "💡 The ${{ github.repository }} repository has been cloned to the runner."
- run: echo "🖥️ The workflow is now ready to test your code on the runner."
- name: List files in the repository
run: |
ls ${{ github.workspace }}
- run: echo "🍏 This job's status is ${{ job.status }}."
```
If all is well, you'll see a new run in `Actions` tab:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205884473-79a874bc-171b-4aaf-acd5-0241a45c3b53.png">
#### 5. Check the logs of jobs
Click a run and you'll see the logs:
<img width="1792" alt="image"
src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/9418365/205884800-994b0374-67f7-48ff-be9a-4c53f3141547.png">
#### 6. Go on
You can try more examples in [the
documents](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions)
of GitHub Actions, then you might find a lot of bugs.
Come on, PRs are welcome.
</details>
See also: [Feature Preview: Gitea
Actions](https://blog.gitea.io/2022/12/feature-preview-gitea-actions/)
---------
Co-authored-by: a1012112796 <1012112796@qq.com>
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <xiaolunwen@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: delvh <dev.lh@web.de>
Co-authored-by: ChristopherHX <christopher.homberger@web.de>
Co-authored-by: John Olheiser <john.olheiser@gmail.com>
2023-01-31 04:45:19 +03:00
// If actions token is present
if true == ctx . Data [ "IsActionsToken" ] {
return
}
2018-11-04 04:15:55 +03:00
if ctx . IsSigned {
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
return
}
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusUnauthorized , "reqToken" , "token is required" )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
}
}
2021-03-11 16:40:54 +03:00
func reqExploreSignIn ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2024-10-22 08:09:19 +03:00
if ( setting . Service . RequireSignInView || setting . Service . Explore . RequireSigninView ) && ! ctx . IsSigned {
2021-03-11 16:40:54 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusUnauthorized , "reqExploreSignIn" , "you must be signed in to search for users" )
}
}
}
2024-10-22 08:09:19 +03:00
func reqUsersExploreEnabled ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
if setting . Service . Explore . DisableUsersPage {
ctx . NotFound ( )
}
}
}
2023-09-07 11:31:46 +03:00
func reqBasicOrRevProxyAuth ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2019-04-19 11:59:26 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2023-09-07 11:31:46 +03:00
if ctx . IsSigned && setting . Service . EnableReverseProxyAuthAPI && ctx . Data [ "AuthedMethod" ] . ( string ) == auth . ReverseProxyMethodName {
return
}
2023-05-21 04:50:53 +03:00
if ! ctx . IsBasicAuth {
2022-12-27 03:34:05 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusUnauthorized , "reqBasicAuth" , "auth required" )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2018-11-28 14:26:14 +03:00
// reqSiteAdmin user should be the site admin
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func reqSiteAdmin ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
if ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqSiteAdmin" , "user should be the site admin" )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
// reqOwner user should be the owner of the repo or site admin.
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func reqOwner ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2023-05-09 02:30:14 +03:00
if ! ctx . Repo . IsOwner ( ) && ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqOwner" , "user should be the owner of the repo" )
2018-11-28 14:26:14 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2023-09-18 03:21:15 +03:00
// reqSelfOrAdmin doer should be the same as the contextUser or site admin
func reqSelfOrAdmin ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
if ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) && ctx . ContextUser != ctx . Doer {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqSelfOrAdmin" , "doer should be the site admin or be same as the contextUser" )
return
}
}
}
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
// reqAdmin user should be an owner or a collaborator with admin write of a repository, or site admin
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func reqAdmin ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
if ! ctx . IsUserRepoAdmin ( ) && ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqAdmin" , "user should be an owner or a collaborator with admin write of a repository" )
2018-11-28 14:26:14 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
// reqRepoWriter user should have a permission to write to a repo, or be a site admin
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
func reqRepoWriter ( unitTypes ... unit . Type ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
if ! ctx . IsUserRepoWriter ( unitTypes ) && ! ctx . IsUserRepoAdmin ( ) && ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqRepoWriter" , "user should have a permission to write to a repo" )
2018-11-28 14:26:14 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2022-04-28 18:45:33 +03:00
// reqRepoBranchWriter user should have a permission to write to a branch, or be a site admin
func reqRepoBranchWriter ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
options , ok := web . GetForm ( ctx ) . ( api . FileOptionInterface )
2023-07-22 17:14:27 +03:00
if ! ok || ( ! ctx . Repo . CanWriteToBranch ( ctx , ctx . Doer , options . Branch ( ) ) && ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) ) {
2022-04-28 18:45:33 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqRepoBranchWriter" , "user should have a permission to write to this branch" )
return
}
}
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
// reqRepoReader user should have specific read permission or be a repo admin or a site admin
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
func reqRepoReader ( unitType unit . Type ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2023-05-09 02:30:14 +03:00
if ! ctx . Repo . CanRead ( unitType ) && ! ctx . IsUserRepoAdmin ( ) && ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqRepoReader" , "user should have specific read permission or be a repo admin or a site admin" )
2016-08-25 02:05:56 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
// reqAnyRepoReader user should have any permission to read repository or permissions of site admin
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func reqAnyRepoReader ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2023-05-09 02:30:14 +03:00
if ! ctx . Repo . HasAccess ( ) && ! ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2020-11-14 19:13:55 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "reqAnyRepoReader" , "user should have any permission to read repository or permissions of site admin" )
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
return
2018-11-28 14:26:14 +03:00
}
}
}
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
// reqOrgOwnership user should be an organization owner, or a site admin
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func reqOrgOwnership ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2017-01-14 05:14:48 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2023-05-21 04:50:53 +03:00
if ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
return
}
2017-01-14 05:14:48 +03:00
var orgID int64
if ctx . Org . Organization != nil {
orgID = ctx . Org . Organization . ID
} else if ctx . Org . Team != nil {
orgID = ctx . Org . Team . OrgID
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "" , "reqOrgOwnership: unprepared context" )
2017-01-14 05:14:48 +03:00
return
}
2022-03-29 09:29:02 +03:00
isOwner , err := organization . IsOrganizationOwner ( ctx , orgID , ctx . Doer . ID )
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
if err != nil {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "IsOrganizationOwner" , err )
2017-12-21 10:43:26 +03:00
return
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
} else if ! isOwner {
2017-01-26 14:54:04 +03:00
if ctx . Org . Organization != nil {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "" , "Must be an organization owner" )
2017-01-26 14:54:04 +03:00
} else {
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2017-01-26 14:54:04 +03:00
}
2017-01-14 05:14:48 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
// reqTeamMembership user should be an team member, or a site admin
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func reqTeamMembership ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2023-05-21 04:50:53 +03:00
if ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
return
}
if ctx . Org . Team == nil {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "" , "reqTeamMembership: unprepared context" )
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
return
}
2022-01-20 20:46:10 +03:00
orgID := ctx . Org . Team . OrgID
2022-03-29 09:29:02 +03:00
isOwner , err := organization . IsOrganizationOwner ( ctx , orgID , ctx . Doer . ID )
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
if err != nil {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "IsOrganizationOwner" , err )
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
return
} else if isOwner {
return
}
2022-03-29 09:29:02 +03:00
if isTeamMember , err := organization . IsTeamMember ( ctx , orgID , ctx . Org . Team . ID , ctx . Doer . ID ) ; err != nil {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "IsTeamMember" , err )
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
return
} else if ! isTeamMember {
2022-03-29 09:29:02 +03:00
isOrgMember , err := organization . IsOrganizationMember ( ctx , orgID , ctx . Doer . ID )
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
if err != nil {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "IsOrganizationMember" , err )
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
} else if isOrgMember {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "" , "Must be a team member" )
2019-04-24 08:32:35 +03:00
} else {
ctx . NotFound ( )
}
return
}
}
}
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
// reqOrgMembership user should be an organization member, or a site admin
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func reqOrgMembership ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2017-01-14 05:14:48 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2023-05-21 04:50:53 +03:00
if ctx . IsUserSiteAdmin ( ) {
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
return
}
2017-01-14 05:14:48 +03:00
var orgID int64
if ctx . Org . Organization != nil {
orgID = ctx . Org . Organization . ID
} else if ctx . Org . Team != nil {
orgID = ctx . Org . Team . OrgID
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "" , "reqOrgMembership: unprepared context" )
2017-01-14 05:14:48 +03:00
return
}
2022-03-29 09:29:02 +03:00
if isMember , err := organization . IsOrganizationMember ( ctx , orgID , ctx . Doer . ID ) ; err != nil {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "IsOrganizationMember" , err )
2019-04-08 01:49:34 +03:00
return
} else if ! isMember {
2017-01-26 14:54:04 +03:00
if ctx . Org . Organization != nil {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "" , "Must be an organization member" )
2017-01-26 14:54:04 +03:00
} else {
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2017-01-26 14:54:04 +03:00
}
2017-01-14 05:14:48 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func reqGitHook ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2019-04-17 08:31:08 +03:00
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2022-03-22 10:03:22 +03:00
if ! ctx . Doer . CanEditGitHook ( ) {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "" , "must be allowed to edit Git hooks" )
2019-04-17 08:31:08 +03:00
return
}
}
}
2021-02-11 20:34:34 +03:00
// reqWebhooksEnabled requires webhooks to be enabled by admin.
func reqWebhooksEnabled ( ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
if setting . DisableWebhooks {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusForbidden , "" , "webhooks disabled by administrator" )
return
}
}
}
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
func orgAssignment ( args ... bool ) func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2016-03-26 01:04:02 +03:00
var (
2016-04-05 02:41:34 +03:00
assignOrg bool
2016-03-26 01:04:02 +03:00
assignTeam bool
)
if len ( args ) > 0 {
2016-04-05 02:41:34 +03:00
assignOrg = args [ 0 ]
}
if len ( args ) > 1 {
assignTeam = args [ 1 ]
2016-03-26 01:04:02 +03:00
}
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2016-04-05 02:41:34 +03:00
ctx . Org = new ( context . APIOrganization )
var err error
if assignOrg {
2023-02-08 09:44:42 +03:00
ctx . Org . Organization , err = organization . GetOrgByName ( ctx , ctx . Params ( ":org" ) )
2016-04-05 02:41:34 +03:00
if err != nil {
2022-03-29 09:29:02 +03:00
if organization . IsErrOrgNotExist ( err ) {
2023-09-25 16:17:37 +03:00
redirectUserID , err := user_model . LookupUserRedirect ( ctx , ctx . Params ( ":org" ) )
2021-01-24 18:23:05 +03:00
if err == nil {
2023-05-21 04:50:53 +03:00
context . RedirectToUser ( ctx . Base , ctx . Params ( ":org" ) , redirectUserID )
2021-11-11 10:03:30 +03:00
} else if user_model . IsErrUserRedirectNotExist ( err ) {
2021-01-24 18:23:05 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( "GetOrgByName" , err )
} else {
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "LookupUserRedirect" , err )
}
2016-04-05 02:41:34 +03:00
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "GetOrgByName" , err )
2016-04-05 02:41:34 +03:00
}
return
2016-03-26 01:04:02 +03:00
}
2022-03-26 12:04:22 +03:00
ctx . ContextUser = ctx . Org . Organization . AsUser ( )
2016-03-26 01:04:02 +03:00
}
if assignTeam {
2022-05-20 17:08:52 +03:00
ctx . Org . Team , err = organization . GetTeamByID ( ctx , ctx . ParamsInt64 ( ":teamid" ) )
2016-03-26 01:04:02 +03:00
if err != nil {
2022-03-29 09:29:02 +03:00
if organization . IsErrTeamNotExist ( err ) {
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2016-03-26 01:04:02 +03:00
} else {
2019-12-20 20:07:12 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusInternalServerError , "GetTeamById" , err )
2016-03-26 01:04:02 +03:00
}
return
}
}
}
}
2016-08-05 03:08:01 +03:00
func mustEnableIssues ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
if ! ctx . Repo . CanRead ( unit . TypeIssues ) {
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
if log . IsTrace ( ) {
if ctx . IsSigned {
log . Trace ( "Permission Denied: User %-v cannot read %-v in Repo %-v\n" +
"User in Repo has Permissions: %-+v" ,
2022-03-22 10:03:22 +03:00
ctx . Doer ,
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
unit . TypeIssues ,
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
ctx . Repo . Repository ,
ctx . Repo . Permission )
} else {
log . Trace ( "Permission Denied: Anonymous user cannot read %-v in Repo %-v\n" +
"Anonymous user in Repo has Permissions: %-+v" ,
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
unit . TypeIssues ,
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
ctx . Repo . Repository ,
ctx . Repo . Permission )
}
}
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2016-08-05 02:32:02 +03:00
return
}
}
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
func mustAllowPulls ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
if ! ( ctx . Repo . Repository . CanEnablePulls ( ) && ctx . Repo . CanRead ( unit . TypePullRequests ) ) {
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
if ctx . Repo . Repository . CanEnablePulls ( ) && log . IsTrace ( ) {
if ctx . IsSigned {
log . Trace ( "Permission Denied: User %-v cannot read %-v in Repo %-v\n" +
"User in Repo has Permissions: %-+v" ,
2022-03-22 10:03:22 +03:00
ctx . Doer ,
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
unit . TypePullRequests ,
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
ctx . Repo . Repository ,
ctx . Repo . Permission )
} else {
log . Trace ( "Permission Denied: Anonymous user cannot read %-v in Repo %-v\n" +
"Anonymous user in Repo has Permissions: %-+v" ,
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
unit . TypePullRequests ,
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
ctx . Repo . Repository ,
ctx . Repo . Permission )
}
}
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2016-12-02 14:10:39 +03:00
return
}
}
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
func mustEnableIssuesOrPulls ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
if ! ctx . Repo . CanRead ( unit . TypeIssues ) &&
! ( ctx . Repo . Repository . CanEnablePulls ( ) && ctx . Repo . CanRead ( unit . TypePullRequests ) ) {
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
if ctx . Repo . Repository . CanEnablePulls ( ) && log . IsTrace ( ) {
if ctx . IsSigned {
log . Trace ( "Permission Denied: User %-v cannot read %-v and %-v in Repo %-v\n" +
"User in Repo has Permissions: %-+v" ,
2022-03-22 10:03:22 +03:00
ctx . Doer ,
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
unit . TypeIssues ,
unit . TypePullRequests ,
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
ctx . Repo . Repository ,
ctx . Repo . Permission )
} else {
log . Trace ( "Permission Denied: Anonymous user cannot read %-v and %-v in Repo %-v\n" +
"Anonymous user in Repo has Permissions: %-+v" ,
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
unit . TypeIssues ,
unit . TypePullRequests ,
2019-04-22 23:40:51 +03:00
ctx . Repo . Repository ,
ctx . Repo . Permission )
}
}
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
2018-09-03 20:20:54 +03:00
return
}
}
2021-10-25 06:43:40 +03:00
func mustEnableWiki ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
if ! ( ctx . Repo . CanRead ( unit . TypeWiki ) ) {
2021-10-25 06:43:40 +03:00
ctx . NotFound ( )
return
}
}
2019-03-19 05:29:43 +03:00
func mustNotBeArchived ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2019-01-30 20:20:40 +03:00
if ctx . Repo . Repository . IsArchived {
2023-09-22 02:43:29 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusLocked , "RepoArchived" , fmt . Errorf ( "%s is archived" , ctx . Repo . Repository . LogString ( ) ) )
2019-01-30 20:20:40 +03:00
return
}
}
2022-12-09 09:35:56 +03:00
func mustEnableAttachments ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
if ! setting . Attachment . Enabled {
ctx . NotFound ( )
return
}
}
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
// bind binding an obj to a func(ctx *context.APIContext)
Refactor web route (#24080)
The old code is unnecessarily complex, and has many misuses.
Old code "wraps" a lot, wrap wrap wrap, it's difficult to understand
which kind of handler is used.
The new code uses a general approach, we do not need to write all kinds
of handlers into the "wrapper", do not need to wrap them again and
again.
New code, there are only 2 concepts:
1. HandlerProvider: `func (h any) (handlerProvider func (next)
http.Handler)`, it can be used as middleware
2. Use HandlerProvider to get the final HandlerFunc, and use it for
`r.Get()`
And we can decouple the route package from context package (see the
TODO).
# FAQ
## Is `reflect` safe?
Yes, all handlers are checked during startup, see the `preCheckHandler`
comment. If any handler is wrong, developers could know it in the first
time.
## Does `reflect` affect performance?
No. https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/24080#discussion_r1164825901
1. This reflect code only runs for each web handler call, handler is far
more slower: 10ms-50ms
2. The reflect is pretty fast (comparing to other code): 0.000265ms
3. XORM has more reflect operations already
2023-04-20 21:49:06 +03:00
func bind [ T any ] ( _ T ) any {
return func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2022-12-12 11:09:26 +03:00
theObj := new ( T ) // create a new form obj for every request but not use obj directly
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
errs := binding . Bind ( ctx . Req , theObj )
if len ( errs ) > 0 {
2021-11-22 16:05:29 +03:00
ctx . Error ( http . StatusUnprocessableEntity , "validationError" , fmt . Sprintf ( "%s: %s" , errs [ 0 ] . FieldNames , errs [ 0 ] . Error ( ) ) )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
return
}
web . SetForm ( ctx , theObj )
Refactor web route (#24080)
The old code is unnecessarily complex, and has many misuses.
Old code "wraps" a lot, wrap wrap wrap, it's difficult to understand
which kind of handler is used.
The new code uses a general approach, we do not need to write all kinds
of handlers into the "wrapper", do not need to wrap them again and
again.
New code, there are only 2 concepts:
1. HandlerProvider: `func (h any) (handlerProvider func (next)
http.Handler)`, it can be used as middleware
2. Use HandlerProvider to get the final HandlerFunc, and use it for
`r.Get()`
And we can decouple the route package from context package (see the
TODO).
# FAQ
## Is `reflect` safe?
Yes, all handlers are checked during startup, see the `preCheckHandler`
comment. If any handler is wrong, developers could know it in the first
time.
## Does `reflect` affect performance?
No. https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/24080#discussion_r1164825901
1. This reflect code only runs for each web handler call, handler is far
more slower: 10ms-50ms
2. The reflect is pretty fast (comparing to other code): 0.000265ms
3. XORM has more reflect operations already
2023-04-20 21:49:06 +03:00
}
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
}
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
2023-12-12 08:01:17 +03:00
func individualPermsChecker ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
// org permissions have been checked in context.OrgAssignment(), but individual permissions haven't been checked.
if ctx . ContextUser . IsIndividual ( ) {
switch {
case ctx . ContextUser . Visibility == api . VisibleTypePrivate :
if ctx . Doer == nil || ( ctx . ContextUser . ID != ctx . Doer . ID && ! ctx . Doer . IsAdmin ) {
ctx . NotFound ( "Visit Project" , nil )
return
}
case ctx . ContextUser . Visibility == api . VisibleTypeLimited :
if ctx . Doer == nil {
ctx . NotFound ( "Visit Project" , nil )
return
}
}
}
}
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
// Routes registers all v1 APIs routes to web application.
2023-06-18 10:59:09 +03:00
func Routes ( ) * web . Route {
2022-01-20 20:46:10 +03:00
m := web . NewRoute ( )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
2024-03-19 10:16:19 +03:00
m . Use ( shared . Middlewares ( ) ... )
2017-10-21 17:05:50 +03:00
2024-04-26 16:11:49 +03:00
addActionsRoutes := func (
m * web . Route ,
reqChecker func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) ,
act actions . API ,
) {
m . Group ( "/actions" , func ( ) {
m . Group ( "/secrets" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , act . ListActionsSecrets )
m . Combo ( "/{secretname}" ) .
Put ( reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , bind ( api . CreateOrUpdateSecretOption { } ) , act . CreateOrUpdateSecret ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , act . DeleteSecret )
} )
m . Group ( "/variables" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , act . ListVariables )
m . Combo ( "/{variablename}" ) .
Get ( reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , act . GetVariable ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , act . DeleteVariable ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , bind ( api . CreateVariableOption { } ) , act . CreateVariable ) .
Put ( reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , bind ( api . UpdateVariableOption { } ) , act . UpdateVariable )
} )
m . Group ( "/runners" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/registration-token" , reqToken ( ) , reqChecker , act . GetRegistrationToken )
} )
} )
}
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "" , func ( ) {
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
// Miscellaneous (no scope required)
2018-07-28 03:19:01 +03:00
if setting . API . EnableSwagger {
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Get ( "/swagger" , func ( ctx * context . APIContext ) {
2021-10-16 06:34:07 +03:00
ctx . Redirect ( setting . AppSubURL + "/api/swagger" )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
} )
2018-02-14 07:46:00 +03:00
}
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
2021-09-28 02:38:06 +03:00
if setting . Federation . Enabled {
m . Get ( "/nodeinfo" , misc . NodeInfo )
User keypairs and HTTP signatures for ActivityPub federation using go-ap (#19133)
* go.mod: add go-fed/{httpsig,activity/pub,activity/streams} dependency
go get github.com/go-fed/activity/streams@master
go get github.com/go-fed/activity/pub@master
go get github.com/go-fed/httpsig@master
* activitypub: implement /api/v1/activitypub/user/{username} (#14186)
Return informations regarding a Person (as defined in ActivityStreams
https://www.w3.org/TR/activitystreams-vocabulary/#dfn-person).
Refs: https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/14186
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: add the public key to Person (#14186)
Refs: https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/14186
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: go-fed conformant Clock instance
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: signing http client
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: implement the ReqSignature middleware
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: hack_16834
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* Fix CI checks-backend errors with go mod tidy
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Change 2021 to 2022, properly format package imports
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Run make fmt and make generate-swagger
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Use Gitea JSON library, add assert for pkp
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Run make fmt again, fix err var redeclaration
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Remove LogSQL from ActivityPub person test
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Assert if json.Unmarshal succeeds
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Cleanup, handle invalid usernames for ActivityPub person GET request
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Rename hack_16834 to user_settings
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Use the httplib module instead of http for GET requests
* Clean up whitespace with make fmt
* Use time.RFC1123 and make the http.Client proxy-aware
* Check if digest algo is supported in setting module
* Clean up some variable declarations
* Remove unneeded copy
* Use system timezone instead of setting.DefaultUILocation
* Use named constant for httpsigExpirationTime
* Make pubKey IRI #main-key instead of /#main-key
* Move /#main-key to #main-key in tests
* Implemented Webfinger endpoint.
* Add visible check.
* Add user profile as alias.
* Add actor IRI and remote interaction URL to WebFinger response
* fmt
* Fix lint errors
* Use go-ap instead of go-fed
* Run go mod tidy to fix missing modules in go.mod and go.sum
* make fmt
* Convert remaining code to go-ap
* Clean up go.sum
* Fix JSON unmarshall error
* Fix CI errors by adding @context to Person() and making sure types match
* Correctly decode JSON in api_activitypub_person_test.go
* Force CI rerun
* Fix TestActivityPubPersonInbox segfault
* Fix lint error
* Use @mariusor's suggestions for idiomatic go-ap usage
* Correctly add inbox/outbox IRIs to person
* Code cleanup
* Remove another LogSQL from ActivityPub person test
* Move httpsig algos slice to an init() function
* Add actor IRI and remote interaction URL to WebFinger response
* Update TestWebFinger to check for ActivityPub IRI in aliases
* make fmt
* Force CI rerun
* WebFinger: Add CORS header and fix Href -> Template for remote interactions
The CORS header is needed due to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7033#section-5 and fixes some Peertube <-> Gitea federation issues
* make lint-backend
* Make sure Person endpoint has Content-Type application/activity+json and includes PreferredUsername, URL, and Icon
Setting the correct Content-Type is essential for federating with Mastodon
* Use UTC instead of GMT
* Rename pkey to pubKey
* Make sure HTTP request Date in GMT
* make fmt
* dont drop err
* Make sure API responses always refer to username in original case
Copied from what I wrote on #19133 discussion: Handling username case is a very tricky issue and I've already encountered a Mastodon <-> Gitea federation bug due to Gitea considering Ta180m and ta180m to be the same user while Mastodon thinks they are two different users. I think the best way forward is for Gitea to only use the original case version of the username for federation so other AP software don't get confused.
* Move httpsig algs constant slice to modules/setting/federation.go
* Add new federation settings to app.example.ini and config-cheat-sheet
* Return if marshalling error
* Make sure Person IRIs are generated correctly
This commit ensures that if the setting.AppURL is something like "http://127.0.0.1:42567" (like in the integration tests), a trailing slash will be added after that URL.
* If httpsig verification fails, fix Host header and try again
This fixes a very rare bug when Gitea and another AP server (confirmed to happen with Mastodon) are running on the same machine, Gitea fails to verify incoming HTTP signatures. This is because the other AP server creates the sig with the public Gitea domain as the Host. However, when Gitea receives the request, the Host header is instead localhost, so the signature verification fails. Manually changing the host header to the correct value and trying the veification again fixes the bug.
* Revert "If httpsig verification fails, fix Host header and try again"
This reverts commit f53e46c721a037c55facb9200106a6b491bf834c.
The bug was actually caused by nginx messing up the Host header when reverse-proxying since I didn't have the line `proxy_set_header Host $host;` in my nginx config for Gitea.
* Go back to using ap.IRI to generate inbox and outbox IRIs
* use const for key values
* Update routers/web/webfinger.go
* Use ctx.JSON in Person response to make code cleaner
* Revert "Use ctx.JSON in Person response to make code cleaner"
This doesn't work because the ctx.JSON() function already sends the response out and it's too late to edit the headers.
This reverts commit 95aad988975be3393c76094864ed6ba962157e0c.
* Use activitypub.ActivityStreamsContentType for Person response Content Type
* Limit maximum ActivityPub request and response sizes to a configurable setting
* Move setting key constants to models/user/setting_keys.go
* Fix failing ActivityPubPerson integration test by checking the correct field for username
* Add a warning about changing settings that can break federation
* Add better comments
* Don't multiply Federation.MaxSize by 1<<20 twice
* Add more better comments
* Fix failing ActivityPubMissingPerson test
We now use ctx.ContextUser so the message printed out when a user does not exist is slightly different
* make generate-swagger
For some reason I didn't realize that /templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl was machine-generated by make generate-swagger... I've been editing it by hand for three months! 🤦
* Move getting the RFC 2616 time to a separate function
* More code cleanup
* Update go-ap to fix empty liked collection and removed unneeded HTTP headers
* go mod tidy
* Add ed25519 to httpsig algorithms
* Use go-ap/jsonld to add @context and marshal JSON
* Change Gitea user agent from the default to Gitea/Version
* Use ctx.ServerError and remove all remote interaction code from webfinger.go
2022-06-19 08:25:12 +03:00
m . Group ( "/activitypub" , func ( ) {
2023-04-04 05:08:23 +03:00
// deprecated, remove in 1.20, use /user-id/{user-id} instead
User keypairs and HTTP signatures for ActivityPub federation using go-ap (#19133)
* go.mod: add go-fed/{httpsig,activity/pub,activity/streams} dependency
go get github.com/go-fed/activity/streams@master
go get github.com/go-fed/activity/pub@master
go get github.com/go-fed/httpsig@master
* activitypub: implement /api/v1/activitypub/user/{username} (#14186)
Return informations regarding a Person (as defined in ActivityStreams
https://www.w3.org/TR/activitystreams-vocabulary/#dfn-person).
Refs: https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/14186
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: add the public key to Person (#14186)
Refs: https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/14186
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: go-fed conformant Clock instance
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: signing http client
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: implement the ReqSignature middleware
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* activitypub: hack_16834
Signed-off-by: Loïc Dachary <loic@dachary.org>
* Fix CI checks-backend errors with go mod tidy
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Change 2021 to 2022, properly format package imports
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Run make fmt and make generate-swagger
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Use Gitea JSON library, add assert for pkp
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Run make fmt again, fix err var redeclaration
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Remove LogSQL from ActivityPub person test
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Assert if json.Unmarshal succeeds
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Cleanup, handle invalid usernames for ActivityPub person GET request
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Rename hack_16834 to user_settings
Signed-off-by: Anthony Wang <ta180m@pm.me>
* Use the httplib module instead of http for GET requests
* Clean up whitespace with make fmt
* Use time.RFC1123 and make the http.Client proxy-aware
* Check if digest algo is supported in setting module
* Clean up some variable declarations
* Remove unneeded copy
* Use system timezone instead of setting.DefaultUILocation
* Use named constant for httpsigExpirationTime
* Make pubKey IRI #main-key instead of /#main-key
* Move /#main-key to #main-key in tests
* Implemented Webfinger endpoint.
* Add visible check.
* Add user profile as alias.
* Add actor IRI and remote interaction URL to WebFinger response
* fmt
* Fix lint errors
* Use go-ap instead of go-fed
* Run go mod tidy to fix missing modules in go.mod and go.sum
* make fmt
* Convert remaining code to go-ap
* Clean up go.sum
* Fix JSON unmarshall error
* Fix CI errors by adding @context to Person() and making sure types match
* Correctly decode JSON in api_activitypub_person_test.go
* Force CI rerun
* Fix TestActivityPubPersonInbox segfault
* Fix lint error
* Use @mariusor's suggestions for idiomatic go-ap usage
* Correctly add inbox/outbox IRIs to person
* Code cleanup
* Remove another LogSQL from ActivityPub person test
* Move httpsig algos slice to an init() function
* Add actor IRI and remote interaction URL to WebFinger response
* Update TestWebFinger to check for ActivityPub IRI in aliases
* make fmt
* Force CI rerun
* WebFinger: Add CORS header and fix Href -> Template for remote interactions
The CORS header is needed due to https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7033#section-5 and fixes some Peertube <-> Gitea federation issues
* make lint-backend
* Make sure Person endpoint has Content-Type application/activity+json and includes PreferredUsername, URL, and Icon
Setting the correct Content-Type is essential for federating with Mastodon
* Use UTC instead of GMT
* Rename pkey to pubKey
* Make sure HTTP request Date in GMT
* make fmt
* dont drop err
* Make sure API responses always refer to username in original case
Copied from what I wrote on #19133 discussion: Handling username case is a very tricky issue and I've already encountered a Mastodon <-> Gitea federation bug due to Gitea considering Ta180m and ta180m to be the same user while Mastodon thinks they are two different users. I think the best way forward is for Gitea to only use the original case version of the username for federation so other AP software don't get confused.
* Move httpsig algs constant slice to modules/setting/federation.go
* Add new federation settings to app.example.ini and config-cheat-sheet
* Return if marshalling error
* Make sure Person IRIs are generated correctly
This commit ensures that if the setting.AppURL is something like "http://127.0.0.1:42567" (like in the integration tests), a trailing slash will be added after that URL.
* If httpsig verification fails, fix Host header and try again
This fixes a very rare bug when Gitea and another AP server (confirmed to happen with Mastodon) are running on the same machine, Gitea fails to verify incoming HTTP signatures. This is because the other AP server creates the sig with the public Gitea domain as the Host. However, when Gitea receives the request, the Host header is instead localhost, so the signature verification fails. Manually changing the host header to the correct value and trying the veification again fixes the bug.
* Revert "If httpsig verification fails, fix Host header and try again"
This reverts commit f53e46c721a037c55facb9200106a6b491bf834c.
The bug was actually caused by nginx messing up the Host header when reverse-proxying since I didn't have the line `proxy_set_header Host $host;` in my nginx config for Gitea.
* Go back to using ap.IRI to generate inbox and outbox IRIs
* use const for key values
* Update routers/web/webfinger.go
* Use ctx.JSON in Person response to make code cleaner
* Revert "Use ctx.JSON in Person response to make code cleaner"
This doesn't work because the ctx.JSON() function already sends the response out and it's too late to edit the headers.
This reverts commit 95aad988975be3393c76094864ed6ba962157e0c.
* Use activitypub.ActivityStreamsContentType for Person response Content Type
* Limit maximum ActivityPub request and response sizes to a configurable setting
* Move setting key constants to models/user/setting_keys.go
* Fix failing ActivityPubPerson integration test by checking the correct field for username
* Add a warning about changing settings that can break federation
* Add better comments
* Don't multiply Federation.MaxSize by 1<<20 twice
* Add more better comments
* Fix failing ActivityPubMissingPerson test
We now use ctx.ContextUser so the message printed out when a user does not exist is slightly different
* make generate-swagger
For some reason I didn't realize that /templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl was machine-generated by make generate-swagger... I've been editing it by hand for three months! 🤦
* Move getting the RFC 2616 time to a separate function
* More code cleanup
* Update go-ap to fix empty liked collection and removed unneeded HTTP headers
* go mod tidy
* Add ed25519 to httpsig algorithms
* Use go-ap/jsonld to add @context and marshal JSON
* Change Gitea user agent from the default to Gitea/Version
* Use ctx.ServerError and remove all remote interaction code from webfinger.go
2022-06-19 08:25:12 +03:00
m . Group ( "/user/{username}" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , activitypub . Person )
m . Post ( "/inbox" , activitypub . ReqHTTPSignature ( ) , activitypub . PersonInbox )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
2023-04-04 05:08:23 +03:00
m . Group ( "/user-id/{user-id}" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , activitypub . Person )
m . Post ( "/inbox" , activitypub . ReqHTTPSignature ( ) , activitypub . PersonInbox )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , context . UserIDAssignmentAPI ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
2024-08-05 11:50:26 +03:00
m . Group ( "/actor" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , activitypub . Actor )
m . Post ( "/inbox" , activitypub . ActorInbox )
} )
2024-05-07 10:59:49 +03:00
m . Group ( "/repository-id/{repository-id}" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , activitypub . Repository )
m . Post ( "/inbox" ,
bind ( forgefed . ForgeLike { } ) ,
// TODO: activitypub.ReqHTTPSignature(),
activitypub . RepositoryInbox )
} , context . RepositoryIDAssignmentAPI ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryActivityPub ) )
2021-09-28 02:38:06 +03:00
}
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
2023-07-26 05:53:31 +03:00
// Misc (public accessible)
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Group ( "" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/version" , misc . Version )
m . Get ( "/signing-key.gpg" , misc . SigningKey )
m . Post ( "/markup" , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . MarkupOption { } ) , misc . Markup )
m . Post ( "/markdown" , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . MarkdownOption { } ) , misc . Markdown )
m . Post ( "/markdown/raw" , reqToken ( ) , misc . MarkdownRaw )
m . Get ( "/gitignore/templates" , misc . ListGitignoresTemplates )
m . Get ( "/gitignore/templates/{name}" , misc . GetGitignoreTemplateInfo )
m . Get ( "/licenses" , misc . ListLicenseTemplates )
m . Get ( "/licenses/{name}" , misc . GetLicenseTemplateInfo )
m . Get ( "/label/templates" , misc . ListLabelTemplates )
m . Get ( "/label/templates/{name}" , misc . GetLabelTemplate )
m . Group ( "/settings" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/ui" , settings . GetGeneralUISettings )
m . Get ( "/api" , settings . GetGeneralAPISettings )
m . Get ( "/attachment" , settings . GetGeneralAttachmentSettings )
m . Get ( "/repository" , settings . GetGeneralRepoSettings )
} )
2023-07-26 05:53:31 +03:00
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
// Notifications (requires 'notifications' scope)
2020-01-09 14:56:32 +03:00
m . Group ( "/notifications" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
2023-09-05 17:43:34 +03:00
Get ( reqToken ( ) , notify . ListNotifications ) .
2023-06-28 17:26:56 +03:00
Put ( reqToken ( ) , notify . ReadNotifications )
2023-09-05 17:43:34 +03:00
m . Get ( "/new" , reqToken ( ) , notify . NewAvailable )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/threads/{id}" ) .
2023-09-05 17:43:34 +03:00
Get ( reqToken ( ) , notify . GetThread ) .
2023-06-28 17:26:56 +03:00
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , notify . ReadThread )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryNotification ) )
2020-01-09 14:56:32 +03:00
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
// Users (requires user scope)
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
m . Group ( "/users" , func ( ) {
2024-10-22 08:09:19 +03:00
m . Get ( "/search" , reqExploreSignIn ( ) , reqUsersExploreEnabled ( ) , user . Search )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{username}" , func ( ) {
2021-03-11 16:40:54 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , reqExploreSignIn ( ) , user . GetInfo )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
if setting . Service . EnableUserHeatmap {
m . Get ( "/heatmap" , user . GetUserHeatmapData )
}
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "/repos" , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryRepository ) , reqExploreSignIn ( ) , user . ListUserRepos )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
m . Group ( "/tokens" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( user . ListAccessTokens ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Post ( bind ( api . CreateAccessTokenOption { } ) , reqToken ( ) , user . CreateAccessToken )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Delete ( reqToken ( ) , user . DeleteAccessToken )
2023-09-18 03:21:15 +03:00
} , reqSelfOrAdmin ( ) , reqBasicOrRevProxyAuth ( ) )
2023-04-04 16:35:31 +03:00
m . Get ( "/activities/feeds" , user . ListUserActivityFeeds )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) , individualPermsChecker )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser ) )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
// Users (requires user scope)
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
m . Group ( "/users" , func ( ) {
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{username}" , func ( ) {
2015-12-06 01:13:13 +03:00
m . Get ( "/keys" , user . ListPublicKeys )
2017-03-16 04:27:35 +03:00
m . Get ( "/gpg_keys" , user . ListGPGKeys )
2015-12-21 15:24:11 +03:00
m . Get ( "/followers" , user . ListFollowers )
m . Group ( "/following" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , user . ListFollowing )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Get ( "/{target}" , user . CheckFollowing )
2015-12-21 15:24:11 +03:00
} )
2016-11-15 01:33:58 +03:00
2024-02-26 11:22:51 +03:00
if ! setting . Repository . DisableStars {
m . Get ( "/starred" , user . GetStarredRepos )
}
2016-12-24 04:53:11 +03:00
m . Get ( "/subscriptions" , user . GetWatchedRepos )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser ) , reqToken ( ) )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
// Users (requires user scope)
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
m . Group ( "/user" , func ( ) {
2016-08-12 01:29:39 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , user . GetAuthenticatedUser )
feat(quota): Humble beginnings of a quota engine
This is an implementation of a quota engine, and the API routes to
manage its settings. This does *not* contain any enforcement code: this
is just the bedrock, the engine itself.
The goal of the engine is to be flexible and future proof: to be nimble
enough to build on it further, without having to rewrite large parts of
it.
It might feel a little more complicated than necessary, because the goal
was to be able to support scenarios only very few Forgejo instances
need, scenarios the vast majority of mostly smaller instances simply do
not care about. The goal is to support both big and small, and for that,
we need a solid, flexible foundation.
There are thee big parts to the engine: counting quota use, setting
limits, and evaluating whether the usage is within the limits. Sounds
simple on paper, less so in practice!
Quota counting
==============
Quota is counted based on repo ownership, whenever possible, because
repo owners are in ultimate control over the resources they use: they
can delete repos, attachments, everything, even if they don't *own*
those themselves. They can clean up, and will always have the permission
and access required to do so. Would we count quota based on the owning
user, that could lead to situations where a user is unable to free up
space, because they uploaded a big attachment to a repo that has been
taken private since. It's both more fair, and much safer to count quota
against repo owners.
This means that if user A uploads an attachment to an issue opened
against organization O, that will count towards the quota of
organization O, rather than user A.
One's quota usage stats can be queried using the `/user/quota` API
endpoint. To figure out what's eating into it, the
`/user/repos?order_by=size`, `/user/quota/attachments`,
`/user/quota/artifacts`, and `/user/quota/packages` endpoints should be
consulted. There's also `/user/quota/check?subject=<...>` to check
whether the signed-in user is within a particular quota limit.
Quotas are counted based on sizes stored in the database.
Setting quota limits
====================
There are different "subjects" one can limit usage for. At this time,
only size-based limits are implemented, which are:
- `size:all`: As the name would imply, the total size of everything
Forgejo tracks.
- `size:repos:all`: The total size of all repositories (not including
LFS).
- `size:repos:public`: The total size of all public repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:repos:private`: The total size of all private repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:git:all`: The total size of all git data (including all
repositories, and LFS).
- `size:git:lfs`: The size of all git LFS data (either in private or
public repos).
- `size:assets:all`: The size of all assets tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:all`: The size of all kinds of attachments
tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:issues`: Size of all attachments attached to
issues, including issue comments.
- `size:assets:attachments:releases`: Size of all attachments attached
to releases. This does *not* include automatically generated archives.
- `size:assets:artifacts`: Size of all Action artifacts.
- `size:assets:packages:all`: Size of all Packages.
- `size:wiki`: Wiki size
Wiki size is currently not tracked, and the engine will always deem it
within quota.
These subjects are built into Rules, which set a limit on *all* subjects
within a rule. Thus, we can create a rule that says: "1Gb limit on all
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, combined". For a rule to
stand, the total sum of all subjects must be below the rule's limit.
Rules are in turn collected into groups. A group is just a name, and a
list of rules. For a group to stand, all of its rules must stand. Thus,
if we have a group with two rules, one that sets a combined 1Gb limit on
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, and another rule that sets a
256Mb limit on packages, if the user has 512Mb of packages, the group
will not stand, because the second rule deems it over quota. Similarly,
if the user has only 128Mb of packages, but 900Mb of release assets, the
group will not stand, because the combined size of packages and release
assets is over the 1Gb limit of the first rule.
Groups themselves are collected into Group Lists. A group list stands
when *any* of the groups within stand. This allows an administrator to
set conservative defaults, but then place select users into additional
groups that increase some aspect of their limits.
To top it off, it is possible to set the default quota groups a user
belongs to in `app.ini`. If there's no explicit assignment, the engine
will use the default groups. This makes it possible to avoid having to
assign each and every user a list of quota groups, and only those need
to be explicitly assigned who need a different set of groups than the
defaults.
If a user has any quota groups assigned to them, the default list will
not be considered for them.
The management APIs
===================
This commit contains the engine itself, its unit tests, and the quota
management APIs. It does not contain any enforcement.
The APIs are documented in-code, and in the swagger docs, and the
integration tests can serve as an example on how to use them.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:25:41 +03:00
if setting . Quota . Enabled {
m . Group ( "/quota" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , user . GetQuota )
m . Get ( "/check" , user . CheckQuota )
m . Get ( "/attachments" , user . ListQuotaAttachments )
m . Get ( "/packages" , user . ListQuotaPackages )
m . Get ( "/artifacts" , user . ListQuotaArtifacts )
} )
}
2021-06-23 22:58:44 +03:00
m . Group ( "/settings" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , user . GetUserSettings )
m . Patch ( "" , bind ( api . UserSettingsOptions { } ) , user . UpdateUserSettings )
} , reqToken ( ) )
m . Combo ( "/emails" ) .
Get ( user . ListEmails ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateEmailOption { } ) , user . AddEmail ) .
Delete ( bind ( api . DeleteEmailOption { } ) , user . DeleteEmail )
2015-12-21 15:24:11 +03:00
2023-12-27 10:57:54 +03:00
// manage user-level actions features
m . Group ( "/actions" , func ( ) {
m . Group ( "/secrets" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "/{secretname}" ) .
Put ( bind ( api . CreateOrUpdateSecretOption { } ) , user . CreateOrUpdateSecret ) .
Delete ( user . DeleteSecret )
} )
2024-03-28 23:40:35 +03:00
m . Group ( "/variables" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , user . ListVariables )
m . Combo ( "/{variablename}" ) .
Get ( user . GetVariable ) .
Delete ( user . DeleteVariable ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateVariableOption { } ) , user . CreateVariable ) .
Put ( bind ( api . UpdateVariableOption { } ) , user . UpdateVariable )
} )
2023-12-27 10:57:54 +03:00
m . Group ( "/runners" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/registration-token" , reqToken ( ) , user . GetRegistrationToken )
} )
2023-09-05 17:02:50 +03:00
} )
2015-12-21 15:24:11 +03:00
m . Get ( "/followers" , user . ListMyFollowers )
m . Group ( "/following" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , user . ListMyFollowing )
2022-03-26 12:04:22 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{username}" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , user . CheckMyFollowing )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Put ( "" , user . Follow )
m . Delete ( "" , user . Unfollow )
2024-02-27 10:12:22 +03:00
} , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) )
2015-12-21 15:24:11 +03:00
} )
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
// (admin:public_key scope)
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
m . Group ( "/keys" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( user . ListMyPublicKeys ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateKeyOption { } ) , user . CreatePublicKey )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( user . GetPublicKey ) .
Delete ( user . DeletePublicKey )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
} )
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
// (admin:application scope)
2020-02-29 09:19:32 +03:00
m . Group ( "/applications" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "/oauth2" ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Get ( user . ListOauth2Applications ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateOAuth2ApplicationOptions { } ) , user . CreateOauth2Application )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/oauth2/{id}" ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Delete ( user . DeleteOauth2Application ) .
Patch ( bind ( api . CreateOAuth2ApplicationOptions { } ) , user . UpdateOauth2Application ) .
Get ( user . GetOauth2Application )
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
} )
2016-11-15 01:33:58 +03:00
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
// (admin:gpg_key scope)
2017-03-16 04:27:35 +03:00
m . Group ( "/gpg_keys" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( user . ListMyGPGKeys ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateGPGKeyOption { } ) , user . CreateGPGKey )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( user . GetGPGKey ) .
Delete ( user . DeleteGPGKey )
2017-03-16 04:27:35 +03:00
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "/gpg_key_token" , user . GetVerificationToken )
m . Post ( "/gpg_key_verify" , bind ( api . VerifyGPGKeyOption { } ) , user . VerifyUserGPGKey )
2017-03-16 04:27:35 +03:00
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
// (repo scope)
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/repos" , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryRepository ) ) . Get ( user . ListMyRepos ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Post ( bind ( api . CreateRepoOption { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetUser ) , repo . Create )
2017-02-25 00:39:49 +03:00
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
// (repo scope)
2024-02-26 11:22:51 +03:00
if ! setting . Repository . DisableStars {
m . Group ( "/starred" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , user . GetMyStarredRepos )
m . Group ( "/{username}/{reponame}" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , user . IsStarring )
m . Put ( "" , user . Star )
m . Delete ( "" , user . Unstar )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , repoAssignment ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
2024-02-26 11:22:51 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryRepository ) )
}
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "/times" , repo . ListMyTrackedTimes )
m . Get ( "/stopwatches" , repo . GetStopwatches )
m . Get ( "/subscriptions" , user . GetMyWatchedRepos )
m . Get ( "/teams" , org . ListUserTeams )
2023-03-10 17:28:32 +03:00
m . Group ( "/hooks" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( user . ListHooks ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateHookOption { } ) , user . CreateHook )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( user . GetHook ) .
Patch ( bind ( api . EditHookOption { } ) , user . EditHook ) .
Delete ( user . DeleteHook )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqWebhooksEnabled ( ) )
2023-06-30 02:22:55 +03:00
[MODERATION] User blocking
- Add the ability to block a user via their profile page.
- This will unstar their repositories and visa versa.
- Blocked users cannot create issues or pull requests on your the doer's repositories (mind that this is not the case for organizations).
- Blocked users cannot comment on the doer's opened issues or pull requests.
- Blocked users cannot add reactions to doer's comments.
- Blocked users cannot cause a notification trough mentioning the doer.
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/540
(cherry picked from commit 687d852480388897db4d7b0cb397cf7135ab97b1)
(cherry picked from commit 0c32a4fde531018f74e01d9db6520895fcfa10cc)
(cherry picked from commit 1791130e3cb8470b9b39742e0004d5e4c7d1e64d)
(cherry picked from commit 37858b7e8fb6ba6c6ea0ac2562285b3b144efa19)
(cherry picked from commit a3e2bfd7e9eab82cc2c17061f6bb4e386a108c46)
(cherry picked from commit 7009b9fe87696b6182fab65ae82bf5a25cd39971)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/user/profile.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit b2aec3479177e725cfc7cbbb9d94753226928d1c)
(cherry picked from commit e2f1b73752f6bd3f830297d8f4ac438837471226)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802)
- Resolves #476
- Follow up for: #540
- Ensure that the doer and blocked person cannot follow each other.
- Ensure that the block person cannot watch doer's repositories.
- Add unblock button to the blocked user list.
- Add blocked since information to the blocked user list.
- Add extra testing to moderation code.
- Blocked user will unwatch doer's owned repository upon blocking.
- Add flash messages to let the user know the block/unblock action was successful.
- Add "You haven't blocked any users" message.
- Add organization blocking a user.
Co-authored-by: Gusted <postmaster@gusted.xyz>
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/802
(cherry picked from commit 0505a1042197bd9136b58bc70ec7400a23471585)
(cherry picked from commit 37b4e6ef9b85e97d651cf350c9f3ea272ee8d76a)
(cherry picked from commit c17c121f2cf1f00e2a8d6fd6847705df47d0771e)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802) (squash)
Changes to adapt to:
6bbccdd177 Improve AJAX link and modal confirm dialog (#25210)
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882/files#issuecomment-945962
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882#issue-330561
(cherry picked from commit 523635f83cb2a1a4386769b79326088c5c4bbec7)
(cherry picked from commit 4743eaa6a0be0ef47de5b17c211dfe8bad1b7af9)
(cherry picked from commit eff5b43d2e843d5d537756d4fa58a8a010b6b527)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
(cherry picked from commit 9d359be5ed11237088ccf6328571939af814984e)
(cherry picked from commit b1f3069a22a03734cffbfcd503ce004ba47561b7)
[MODERATION] add user blocking API
- Follow up for: #540, #802
- Add API routes for user blocking from user and organization
perspective.
- The new routes have integration testing.
- The new model functions have unit tests.
- Actually quite boring to write and to read this pull request.
(cherry picked from commit f3afaf15c7e34038363c9ce8e1ef957ec1e22b06)
(cherry picked from commit 6d754db3e5faff93a58fab2867737f81f40f6599)
(cherry picked from commit 2a89ddc0acffa9aea0f02b721934ef9e2b496a88)
(cherry picked from commit 4a147bff7e963ab9dffcfaefa5c2c01c59b4c732)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/api.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit bb8c33918569f65f25b014f0d7fe6ac20f9036fc)
(cherry picked from commit 5a11569a011b7d0a14391e2b5c07d0af825d7b0e)
(cherry picked from commit 2373c801ee6b84c368b498b16e6ad18650b38f42)
[MODERATION] restore redirect on unblock
ctx.RedirectToFirst(ctx.FormString("redirect_to"), ctx.ContextUser.HomeLink())
was replaced by
ctx.JSONOK()
in 128d77a3a Following up fixes for "Fix inconsistent user profile layout across tabs" (#25739)
thus changing the behavior (nicely spotted by the tests). This
restores it.
(cherry picked from commit 597c243707c3c86e7256faf1e6ba727224554de3)
(cherry picked from commit cfa539e590127b4b953b010fba3dea21c82a1714)
[MODERATION] Add test case (squash)
- Add an test case, to test an property of the function.
(cherry picked from commit 70dadb1916bfef8ba8cbc4e9b042cc8740f45e28)
[MODERATION] Block adding collaborators
- Ensure that the doer and blocked user cannot add each other as
collaborators to repositories.
- The Web UI gets an detailed message of the specific situation, the API
gets an generic Forbidden code.
- Unit tests has been added.
- Integration testing for Web and API has been added.
- This commit doesn't introduce removing each other as collaborators on
the block action, due to the complexity of database calls that needs to
be figured out. That deserves its own commit and test code.
(cherry picked from commit 747be949a1b3cd06f6586512f1af4630e55d7ad4)
[MODERATION] move locale_en-US.ini strings to avoid conflicts
Conflicts:
web_src/css/org.css
web_src/css/user.css
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1180
(cherry picked from commit e53f955c888ebaafc863a6e463da87f70f5605da)
Conflicts:
services/issue/comments.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1212
(cherry picked from commit b4a454b576eee0c7738b2f7df1acaf5bf7810d12)
Conflicts:
models/forgejo_migrations/migrate.go
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
services/pull/pull.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1264
[MODERATION] Remove blocked user collaborations with doer
- When the doer blocks an user, who is also an collaborator on an
repository that the doer owns, remove that collaboration.
- Added unit tests.
- Refactor the unit test to be more organized.
(cherry picked from commit ec8701617830152680d69d50d64cb43cc2054a89)
(cherry picked from commit 313e6174d832501c57724ae7a6285194b7b81aab)
[MODERATION] QoL improvements (squash)
- Ensure that organisations cannot be blocked. It currently has no
effect, as all blocked operations cannot be executed from an
organisation standpoint.
- Refactored the API route to make use of the `UserAssignmentAPI`
middleware.
- Make more use of `t.Run` so that the test code is more clear about
which block of code belongs to which test case.
- Added more integration testing (to ensure the organisations cannot be
blocked and some authorization/permission checks).
(cherry picked from commit e9d638d0756ee20b6bf1eb999c988533a5066a68)
[MODERATION] s/{{avatar/{{ctx.AvatarUtils.Avatar/
(cherry picked from commit ce8b30be1327ab98df2ba061dd7e2a278b278c5b)
(cherry picked from commit f911dc402508b04cd5d5fb2f3332c2d640e4556e)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1354
(cherry picked from commit c1b37b7fdaf06ee60da341dff76d703990c08082)
(cherry picked from commit 856a2e09036adf56d987c6eee364c431bc37fb2e)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation
- When someone is blocked by the repository owner or issue poster and
try to comment on that issue, they get shown a graceful error.
- Adds integration test.
(cherry picked from commit 490646302e1e3dc3c59c9d75938b4647b6873ce7)
(cherry picked from commit d3d88667cbb928a6ff80658eba8ef0c6c508c9e0)
(cherry picked from commit 6818de13a921753e082b7c3d64c23917cc884e4b)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation (squash) typo
(cherry picked from commit 1588d4834a37a744f092f2aeea6c9ef4795d7356)
(cherry picked from commit d510ea52d091503e841d66f2f604348add8b4535)
(cherry picked from commit 8249e93a14f628bb0e89fe3be678e4966539944e)
[MODERATION] Refactor integration testing (squash)
- Motivation for this PR is that I'd noticed that a lot of repeated
calls are happening between the test functions and that certain tests
weren't using helper functions like `GetCSRF`, therefor this refactor of
the integration tests to keep it: clean, small and hopefully more
maintainable and understandable.
- There are now three integration tests: `TestBlockUser`,
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` and `TestBlockActions` (and has been
moved in that order in the source code).
- `TestBlockUser` is for doing blocking related actions as an user and
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` as an organisation, even though they
execute the same kind of tests they do not share any database calls or
logic and therefor it currently doesn't make sense to merge them
together (hopefully such oppurtinutiy might be presented in the future).
- `TestBlockActions` now contain all tests for actions that should be
blocked after blocking has happened, most tests now share the same doer
and blocked users and a extra fixture has been added to make this
possible for the comment test.
- Less code, more comments and more re-use between tests.
(cherry picked from commit ffb393213d2f1269aad3c019d039cf60d0fe4b10)
(cherry picked from commit 85505e0f815fede589c272d301c95204f9596985)
(cherry picked from commit 0f3cf17761f6caedb17550f69de96990c2090af1)
[MODERATION] Fix network error (squash)
- Fix network error toast messages on user actions such as follow and
unfollow. This happened because the javascript code now expects an JSON
to be returned, but this wasn't the case due to
cfa539e590127b4953b010fba3dea21c82a1714.
- The integration testing has been adjusted to instead test for the
returned flash cookie.
(cherry picked from commit 112bc25e548d317a4ee00f9efa9068794a733e3b)
(cherry picked from commit 1194fe4899eb39dcb9a2410032ad0cc67a62b92b)
(cherry picked from commit 9abb95a8441e227874fe156095349a3173cc5a81)
[MODERATION] Modernize frontend (squash)
- Unify blocked users list.
- Use the new flex list classes for blocked users list to avoid using
the CSS helper classes and thereby be consistent in the design.
- Fix the modal by using the new modal class.
- Remove the icon in the modal as looks too big in the new design.
- Fix avatar not displaying as it was passing the context where the user
should've been passed.
- Don't use italics for 'Blocked since' text.
- Use namelink template to display the user's name and homelink.
(cherry picked from commit ec935a16a319b14e819ead828d1d9875280d9259)
(cherry picked from commit 67f37c83461aa393c53a799918e9708cb9b89b30)
Conflicts:
models/user/follow.go
models/user/user_test.go
routers/api/v1/user/follower.go
routers/web/shared/user/header.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1468
(cherry picked from commit 6a9626839c6342cd2767ea12757ee2f78eaf443b)
Conflicts:
tests/integration/api_nodeinfo_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508#issuecomment-1242385
(cherry picked from commit 7378b251b481ed1e60e816caf8f649e8397ee5fc)
Conflicts:
models/fixtures/watch.yml
models/issues/reaction.go
models/issues/reaction_test.go
routers/api/v1/repo/issue_reaction.go
routers/web/repo/issue.go
services/issue/issue.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1547
(cherry picked from commit c2028930c101223820de0bbafc318e9394c347b8)
(cherry picked from commit d3f9134aeeef784586e8412e8dbba0a8fceb0cd4)
(cherry picked from commit 7afe154c5c40bcc65accdf51c9224b2f7627a684)
(cherry picked from commit 99ac7353eb1e834a77fe42aa89208791cc2364ff)
(cherry picked from commit a9cde00c5c25ea8c427967cb7ab57abb618e44cb)
Conflicts:
services/user/delete.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1736
(cherry picked from commit 008c0cc63d1a3b8eb694bffbf77a7b25c56afd57)
[DEADCODE] add exceptions
(cherry picked from commit 12ddd2b10e3309f6430b0af42855c6af832832ee)
[MODERATION] Remove deadcode (squash)
- Remove deadcode that's no longer used by Forgejo.
(cherry picked from commit 0faeab4fa9b0aa59f86760b24ecbc07815026c82)
[MODERATION] Add repo transfers to blocked functionality (squash)
- When someone gets blocked, remove all pending repository transfers
from the blocked user to the doer.
- Do not allow to start transferring repositories to the doer as blocked user.
- Added unit testing.
- Added integration testing.
(cherry picked from commit 8a3caac33013482ddbee2fa51510c6918ba54466)
(cherry picked from commit a92b4cfeb63b90eb2d90d0feb51cec62e0502d84)
(cherry picked from commit acaaaf07d999974dbe5f9c5e792621c597bfb542)
(cherry picked from commit 735818863c1793aa6f6983afedc4bd3b36026ca5)
(cherry picked from commit f50fa43b32160d0d88eca1dbdca09b5f575fb62b)
(cherry picked from commit e16683643388fb3c60ea478f1419a6af4f4aa283)
(cherry picked from commit 82a0e4a3814a66ce44be6a031bdf08484586c61b)
(cherry picked from commit ff233c19c4a5edcc2b99a6f41a2d19dbe8c08b3b)
(cherry picked from commit 8ad87d215f2b6adb978de77e53ba2bf7ea571430)
[MODERATION] Fix unblock action (squash)
- Pass the whole context instead of only giving pieces.
- This fixes CSRF not correctly being inserted into the unblock buttons.
(cherry picked from commit 2aa51922ba6a0ea2f8644277baa74fc8f34ab95a)
(cherry picked from commit 7ee8db0f018340bc97f125415503e3e5db5f5082)
(cherry picked from commit e4f8b999bcd3b68b3ef7f54f5b17c3ada0308121)
(cherry picked from commit 05aea60b1302bbd3ea574a9c6c34e1005a5d73bf)
(cherry picked from commit dc0d61b012cfaf2385f71e97cda5f220b58b9fa4)
(cherry picked from commit f53fa583de671ff60a0a1d0f3ab8c260e1ba4e1f)
(cherry picked from commit c65b89a58d11b32009c710c2f5e75f0cd3539395)
(cherry picked from commit 69e50b9969db3ab71cefaed520757876a9629a5c)
(cherry picked from commit ec127440b86cb5fcf51799d8bd76a9fd6b9cebcc)
[MODERATION] cope with shared fixtures
* There is one more issue in the fixtures and this breaks some tests
* The users in the shared fixtures were renamed for clarity and that
breaks some tests
(cherry picked from commit 707a4edbdf67d0eb168d7bb430cf85dd8cd63c52)
Conflicts:
modules/indexer/issues/indexer_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508
(cherry picked from commit 82cc044366c749df80ffad44eed2988b8e64211e)
(cherry picked from commit 2776aec7e85850f1d7f01a090a72491550fb9d29)
(cherry picked from commit 1fbde36dc784b5b2cc6193f02ff0d436b0f2a629)
(cherry picked from commit 1293db3c4e5df218501f5add9f9d41101ffcb8aa)
(cherry picked from commit 6476802175bac3ef78dd8f24ff6bebc16f398a78)
(cherry picked from commit 5740f2fc830356acb7929a02fe304008b94a0ca5)
(cherry picked from commit afc12d7b6e9b773fa89718aa79cd95c0e0ce4406)
[MODERATION] Fix transfer confirmation (squash)
- Fix problem caused by the clearer confirmation for dangerous actions commit.
(cherry picked from commit 3488f4a9cb1f7f73103ae0017d644f13ca3ab798)
(cherry picked from commit ed7de91f6ace23a1459bc6552edf719d62c7c941)
(cherry picked from commit 2d97929b9b7b8d979eb12bf0994d3f169d41f7fd)
(cherry picked from commit 50d035a7b058b9c4486c38cd4be0b02a4e1bf4d9)
(cherry picked from commit 0a0c07d78a1dee3489b97ab359bb957e3f7fb94b)
(cherry picked from commit 85e55c4dbc2f513f3d5254dac20915e8c3c22886)
(cherry picked from commit d8282122ad6e8b497de35d1ed89e3093a2cd5ee2)
(cherry picked from commit 3f0b3b6cc582c3d672d371dd9fe1203a56cb88c0)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash)
(cherry picked from commit 4f529d9596ffbfc4e754c28830ba028f6344dc5b)
(cherry picked from commit f0e3acadd321fcb99e8ea3e3ce1c69df25c4ca4d)
(cherry picked from commit 682c4effe69dc0d4ed304fa7ce6259d9ce573629)
(cherry picked from commit e43c2d84fd4b6fd31e2370cec1034262d12e5c34)
(cherry picked from commit 9c8e53ccc78053026e4f667889959c23c8d95934)
(cherry picked from commit a9eb7ac783b2c16ee3702a88203bf857cb4147fc)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash) revert shared fixtures workarounds
(cherry picked from commit 7224653a40e32186892e89bfedd49edecf5b8f81)
(cherry picked from commit aa6e8672f9473a9100e7575051dec9eda37709a0)
(cherry picked from commit 58c7947e95648f50237ddcd46b6bd025b224a70f)
(cherry picked from commit f1aacb1851b232082febcd7870a40a56de3855a6)
(cherry picked from commit 0bf174af87f7de9a8d869304f709e2bf41f3dde9)
(cherry picked from commit f9706f4335df3b7688ed60853d917efa72fb464a)
[MODERATION] Prepare moderation for context locale changes (squash)
- Resolves https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/issues/1711
(cherry picked from commit 2e289baea943dcece88f02d110b03d344308a261)
(cherry picked from commit 97b16bc19ae680db62608d6020b00fe5ac451c60)
[MODERATION] User blocking (squash) do not use shared fixture
It conflicts with a fixtured added in the commit
Fix comment permissions (#28213) (#28216)
(cherry picked from commit ab40799dcab24e9f495d765268b791931da81684)
(cherry picked from commit 996c92cafdb5b33a6d2d05d94038e950d97eb7de)
(cherry picked from commit 259912e3a69071c5ad57871464d0b79f69a8e72c)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1921
(cherry picked from commit 1e82abc032c18015b92c93a7617a5dd06d50bd2d)
(cherry picked from commit a176fee1607d571b25b345184f1c50d403029610)
(cherry picked from commit 0480b76dfeda968849e900da9454a3efd82590fa)
(cherry picked from commit 4bc06b7b3841c74e3d790b1ef635c2b382ca7123)
(cherry picked from commit 073094cf722a927a623408d66537c758d7d64e4c)
(cherry picked from commit ac6201c647a4d3a2cfb2b0303b851a8fe7a29444)
(cherry picked from commit 7e0812674da3fbd1e96bdda820962edad6826fbd)
(cherry picked from commit 068c741e5696957710b3d1c2e18c00be2ffaa278)
Conflicts:
models/repo_transfer.go
models/repo_transfer_test.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/2298
2023-08-15 02:07:38 +03:00
m . Group ( "" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/list_blocked" , user . ListBlockedUsers )
m . Group ( "" , func ( ) {
m . Put ( "/block/{username}" , user . BlockUser )
m . Put ( "/unblock/{username}" , user . UnblockUser )
2024-02-27 10:12:22 +03:00
} , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) )
[MODERATION] User blocking
- Add the ability to block a user via their profile page.
- This will unstar their repositories and visa versa.
- Blocked users cannot create issues or pull requests on your the doer's repositories (mind that this is not the case for organizations).
- Blocked users cannot comment on the doer's opened issues or pull requests.
- Blocked users cannot add reactions to doer's comments.
- Blocked users cannot cause a notification trough mentioning the doer.
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/540
(cherry picked from commit 687d852480388897db4d7b0cb397cf7135ab97b1)
(cherry picked from commit 0c32a4fde531018f74e01d9db6520895fcfa10cc)
(cherry picked from commit 1791130e3cb8470b9b39742e0004d5e4c7d1e64d)
(cherry picked from commit 37858b7e8fb6ba6c6ea0ac2562285b3b144efa19)
(cherry picked from commit a3e2bfd7e9eab82cc2c17061f6bb4e386a108c46)
(cherry picked from commit 7009b9fe87696b6182fab65ae82bf5a25cd39971)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/user/profile.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit b2aec3479177e725cfc7cbbb9d94753226928d1c)
(cherry picked from commit e2f1b73752f6bd3f830297d8f4ac438837471226)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802)
- Resolves #476
- Follow up for: #540
- Ensure that the doer and blocked person cannot follow each other.
- Ensure that the block person cannot watch doer's repositories.
- Add unblock button to the blocked user list.
- Add blocked since information to the blocked user list.
- Add extra testing to moderation code.
- Blocked user will unwatch doer's owned repository upon blocking.
- Add flash messages to let the user know the block/unblock action was successful.
- Add "You haven't blocked any users" message.
- Add organization blocking a user.
Co-authored-by: Gusted <postmaster@gusted.xyz>
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/802
(cherry picked from commit 0505a1042197bd9136b58bc70ec7400a23471585)
(cherry picked from commit 37b4e6ef9b85e97d651cf350c9f3ea272ee8d76a)
(cherry picked from commit c17c121f2cf1f00e2a8d6fd6847705df47d0771e)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802) (squash)
Changes to adapt to:
6bbccdd177 Improve AJAX link and modal confirm dialog (#25210)
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882/files#issuecomment-945962
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882#issue-330561
(cherry picked from commit 523635f83cb2a1a4386769b79326088c5c4bbec7)
(cherry picked from commit 4743eaa6a0be0ef47de5b17c211dfe8bad1b7af9)
(cherry picked from commit eff5b43d2e843d5d537756d4fa58a8a010b6b527)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
(cherry picked from commit 9d359be5ed11237088ccf6328571939af814984e)
(cherry picked from commit b1f3069a22a03734cffbfcd503ce004ba47561b7)
[MODERATION] add user blocking API
- Follow up for: #540, #802
- Add API routes for user blocking from user and organization
perspective.
- The new routes have integration testing.
- The new model functions have unit tests.
- Actually quite boring to write and to read this pull request.
(cherry picked from commit f3afaf15c7e34038363c9ce8e1ef957ec1e22b06)
(cherry picked from commit 6d754db3e5faff93a58fab2867737f81f40f6599)
(cherry picked from commit 2a89ddc0acffa9aea0f02b721934ef9e2b496a88)
(cherry picked from commit 4a147bff7e963ab9dffcfaefa5c2c01c59b4c732)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/api.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit bb8c33918569f65f25b014f0d7fe6ac20f9036fc)
(cherry picked from commit 5a11569a011b7d0a14391e2b5c07d0af825d7b0e)
(cherry picked from commit 2373c801ee6b84c368b498b16e6ad18650b38f42)
[MODERATION] restore redirect on unblock
ctx.RedirectToFirst(ctx.FormString("redirect_to"), ctx.ContextUser.HomeLink())
was replaced by
ctx.JSONOK()
in 128d77a3a Following up fixes for "Fix inconsistent user profile layout across tabs" (#25739)
thus changing the behavior (nicely spotted by the tests). This
restores it.
(cherry picked from commit 597c243707c3c86e7256faf1e6ba727224554de3)
(cherry picked from commit cfa539e590127b4b953b010fba3dea21c82a1714)
[MODERATION] Add test case (squash)
- Add an test case, to test an property of the function.
(cherry picked from commit 70dadb1916bfef8ba8cbc4e9b042cc8740f45e28)
[MODERATION] Block adding collaborators
- Ensure that the doer and blocked user cannot add each other as
collaborators to repositories.
- The Web UI gets an detailed message of the specific situation, the API
gets an generic Forbidden code.
- Unit tests has been added.
- Integration testing for Web and API has been added.
- This commit doesn't introduce removing each other as collaborators on
the block action, due to the complexity of database calls that needs to
be figured out. That deserves its own commit and test code.
(cherry picked from commit 747be949a1b3cd06f6586512f1af4630e55d7ad4)
[MODERATION] move locale_en-US.ini strings to avoid conflicts
Conflicts:
web_src/css/org.css
web_src/css/user.css
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1180
(cherry picked from commit e53f955c888ebaafc863a6e463da87f70f5605da)
Conflicts:
services/issue/comments.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1212
(cherry picked from commit b4a454b576eee0c7738b2f7df1acaf5bf7810d12)
Conflicts:
models/forgejo_migrations/migrate.go
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
services/pull/pull.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1264
[MODERATION] Remove blocked user collaborations with doer
- When the doer blocks an user, who is also an collaborator on an
repository that the doer owns, remove that collaboration.
- Added unit tests.
- Refactor the unit test to be more organized.
(cherry picked from commit ec8701617830152680d69d50d64cb43cc2054a89)
(cherry picked from commit 313e6174d832501c57724ae7a6285194b7b81aab)
[MODERATION] QoL improvements (squash)
- Ensure that organisations cannot be blocked. It currently has no
effect, as all blocked operations cannot be executed from an
organisation standpoint.
- Refactored the API route to make use of the `UserAssignmentAPI`
middleware.
- Make more use of `t.Run` so that the test code is more clear about
which block of code belongs to which test case.
- Added more integration testing (to ensure the organisations cannot be
blocked and some authorization/permission checks).
(cherry picked from commit e9d638d0756ee20b6bf1eb999c988533a5066a68)
[MODERATION] s/{{avatar/{{ctx.AvatarUtils.Avatar/
(cherry picked from commit ce8b30be1327ab98df2ba061dd7e2a278b278c5b)
(cherry picked from commit f911dc402508b04cd5d5fb2f3332c2d640e4556e)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1354
(cherry picked from commit c1b37b7fdaf06ee60da341dff76d703990c08082)
(cherry picked from commit 856a2e09036adf56d987c6eee364c431bc37fb2e)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation
- When someone is blocked by the repository owner or issue poster and
try to comment on that issue, they get shown a graceful error.
- Adds integration test.
(cherry picked from commit 490646302e1e3dc3c59c9d75938b4647b6873ce7)
(cherry picked from commit d3d88667cbb928a6ff80658eba8ef0c6c508c9e0)
(cherry picked from commit 6818de13a921753e082b7c3d64c23917cc884e4b)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation (squash) typo
(cherry picked from commit 1588d4834a37a744f092f2aeea6c9ef4795d7356)
(cherry picked from commit d510ea52d091503e841d66f2f604348add8b4535)
(cherry picked from commit 8249e93a14f628bb0e89fe3be678e4966539944e)
[MODERATION] Refactor integration testing (squash)
- Motivation for this PR is that I'd noticed that a lot of repeated
calls are happening between the test functions and that certain tests
weren't using helper functions like `GetCSRF`, therefor this refactor of
the integration tests to keep it: clean, small and hopefully more
maintainable and understandable.
- There are now three integration tests: `TestBlockUser`,
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` and `TestBlockActions` (and has been
moved in that order in the source code).
- `TestBlockUser` is for doing blocking related actions as an user and
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` as an organisation, even though they
execute the same kind of tests they do not share any database calls or
logic and therefor it currently doesn't make sense to merge them
together (hopefully such oppurtinutiy might be presented in the future).
- `TestBlockActions` now contain all tests for actions that should be
blocked after blocking has happened, most tests now share the same doer
and blocked users and a extra fixture has been added to make this
possible for the comment test.
- Less code, more comments and more re-use between tests.
(cherry picked from commit ffb393213d2f1269aad3c019d039cf60d0fe4b10)
(cherry picked from commit 85505e0f815fede589c272d301c95204f9596985)
(cherry picked from commit 0f3cf17761f6caedb17550f69de96990c2090af1)
[MODERATION] Fix network error (squash)
- Fix network error toast messages on user actions such as follow and
unfollow. This happened because the javascript code now expects an JSON
to be returned, but this wasn't the case due to
cfa539e590127b4953b010fba3dea21c82a1714.
- The integration testing has been adjusted to instead test for the
returned flash cookie.
(cherry picked from commit 112bc25e548d317a4ee00f9efa9068794a733e3b)
(cherry picked from commit 1194fe4899eb39dcb9a2410032ad0cc67a62b92b)
(cherry picked from commit 9abb95a8441e227874fe156095349a3173cc5a81)
[MODERATION] Modernize frontend (squash)
- Unify blocked users list.
- Use the new flex list classes for blocked users list to avoid using
the CSS helper classes and thereby be consistent in the design.
- Fix the modal by using the new modal class.
- Remove the icon in the modal as looks too big in the new design.
- Fix avatar not displaying as it was passing the context where the user
should've been passed.
- Don't use italics for 'Blocked since' text.
- Use namelink template to display the user's name and homelink.
(cherry picked from commit ec935a16a319b14e819ead828d1d9875280d9259)
(cherry picked from commit 67f37c83461aa393c53a799918e9708cb9b89b30)
Conflicts:
models/user/follow.go
models/user/user_test.go
routers/api/v1/user/follower.go
routers/web/shared/user/header.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1468
(cherry picked from commit 6a9626839c6342cd2767ea12757ee2f78eaf443b)
Conflicts:
tests/integration/api_nodeinfo_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508#issuecomment-1242385
(cherry picked from commit 7378b251b481ed1e60e816caf8f649e8397ee5fc)
Conflicts:
models/fixtures/watch.yml
models/issues/reaction.go
models/issues/reaction_test.go
routers/api/v1/repo/issue_reaction.go
routers/web/repo/issue.go
services/issue/issue.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1547
(cherry picked from commit c2028930c101223820de0bbafc318e9394c347b8)
(cherry picked from commit d3f9134aeeef784586e8412e8dbba0a8fceb0cd4)
(cherry picked from commit 7afe154c5c40bcc65accdf51c9224b2f7627a684)
(cherry picked from commit 99ac7353eb1e834a77fe42aa89208791cc2364ff)
(cherry picked from commit a9cde00c5c25ea8c427967cb7ab57abb618e44cb)
Conflicts:
services/user/delete.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1736
(cherry picked from commit 008c0cc63d1a3b8eb694bffbf77a7b25c56afd57)
[DEADCODE] add exceptions
(cherry picked from commit 12ddd2b10e3309f6430b0af42855c6af832832ee)
[MODERATION] Remove deadcode (squash)
- Remove deadcode that's no longer used by Forgejo.
(cherry picked from commit 0faeab4fa9b0aa59f86760b24ecbc07815026c82)
[MODERATION] Add repo transfers to blocked functionality (squash)
- When someone gets blocked, remove all pending repository transfers
from the blocked user to the doer.
- Do not allow to start transferring repositories to the doer as blocked user.
- Added unit testing.
- Added integration testing.
(cherry picked from commit 8a3caac33013482ddbee2fa51510c6918ba54466)
(cherry picked from commit a92b4cfeb63b90eb2d90d0feb51cec62e0502d84)
(cherry picked from commit acaaaf07d999974dbe5f9c5e792621c597bfb542)
(cherry picked from commit 735818863c1793aa6f6983afedc4bd3b36026ca5)
(cherry picked from commit f50fa43b32160d0d88eca1dbdca09b5f575fb62b)
(cherry picked from commit e16683643388fb3c60ea478f1419a6af4f4aa283)
(cherry picked from commit 82a0e4a3814a66ce44be6a031bdf08484586c61b)
(cherry picked from commit ff233c19c4a5edcc2b99a6f41a2d19dbe8c08b3b)
(cherry picked from commit 8ad87d215f2b6adb978de77e53ba2bf7ea571430)
[MODERATION] Fix unblock action (squash)
- Pass the whole context instead of only giving pieces.
- This fixes CSRF not correctly being inserted into the unblock buttons.
(cherry picked from commit 2aa51922ba6a0ea2f8644277baa74fc8f34ab95a)
(cherry picked from commit 7ee8db0f018340bc97f125415503e3e5db5f5082)
(cherry picked from commit e4f8b999bcd3b68b3ef7f54f5b17c3ada0308121)
(cherry picked from commit 05aea60b1302bbd3ea574a9c6c34e1005a5d73bf)
(cherry picked from commit dc0d61b012cfaf2385f71e97cda5f220b58b9fa4)
(cherry picked from commit f53fa583de671ff60a0a1d0f3ab8c260e1ba4e1f)
(cherry picked from commit c65b89a58d11b32009c710c2f5e75f0cd3539395)
(cherry picked from commit 69e50b9969db3ab71cefaed520757876a9629a5c)
(cherry picked from commit ec127440b86cb5fcf51799d8bd76a9fd6b9cebcc)
[MODERATION] cope with shared fixtures
* There is one more issue in the fixtures and this breaks some tests
* The users in the shared fixtures were renamed for clarity and that
breaks some tests
(cherry picked from commit 707a4edbdf67d0eb168d7bb430cf85dd8cd63c52)
Conflicts:
modules/indexer/issues/indexer_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508
(cherry picked from commit 82cc044366c749df80ffad44eed2988b8e64211e)
(cherry picked from commit 2776aec7e85850f1d7f01a090a72491550fb9d29)
(cherry picked from commit 1fbde36dc784b5b2cc6193f02ff0d436b0f2a629)
(cherry picked from commit 1293db3c4e5df218501f5add9f9d41101ffcb8aa)
(cherry picked from commit 6476802175bac3ef78dd8f24ff6bebc16f398a78)
(cherry picked from commit 5740f2fc830356acb7929a02fe304008b94a0ca5)
(cherry picked from commit afc12d7b6e9b773fa89718aa79cd95c0e0ce4406)
[MODERATION] Fix transfer confirmation (squash)
- Fix problem caused by the clearer confirmation for dangerous actions commit.
(cherry picked from commit 3488f4a9cb1f7f73103ae0017d644f13ca3ab798)
(cherry picked from commit ed7de91f6ace23a1459bc6552edf719d62c7c941)
(cherry picked from commit 2d97929b9b7b8d979eb12bf0994d3f169d41f7fd)
(cherry picked from commit 50d035a7b058b9c4486c38cd4be0b02a4e1bf4d9)
(cherry picked from commit 0a0c07d78a1dee3489b97ab359bb957e3f7fb94b)
(cherry picked from commit 85e55c4dbc2f513f3d5254dac20915e8c3c22886)
(cherry picked from commit d8282122ad6e8b497de35d1ed89e3093a2cd5ee2)
(cherry picked from commit 3f0b3b6cc582c3d672d371dd9fe1203a56cb88c0)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash)
(cherry picked from commit 4f529d9596ffbfc4e754c28830ba028f6344dc5b)
(cherry picked from commit f0e3acadd321fcb99e8ea3e3ce1c69df25c4ca4d)
(cherry picked from commit 682c4effe69dc0d4ed304fa7ce6259d9ce573629)
(cherry picked from commit e43c2d84fd4b6fd31e2370cec1034262d12e5c34)
(cherry picked from commit 9c8e53ccc78053026e4f667889959c23c8d95934)
(cherry picked from commit a9eb7ac783b2c16ee3702a88203bf857cb4147fc)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash) revert shared fixtures workarounds
(cherry picked from commit 7224653a40e32186892e89bfedd49edecf5b8f81)
(cherry picked from commit aa6e8672f9473a9100e7575051dec9eda37709a0)
(cherry picked from commit 58c7947e95648f50237ddcd46b6bd025b224a70f)
(cherry picked from commit f1aacb1851b232082febcd7870a40a56de3855a6)
(cherry picked from commit 0bf174af87f7de9a8d869304f709e2bf41f3dde9)
(cherry picked from commit f9706f4335df3b7688ed60853d917efa72fb464a)
[MODERATION] Prepare moderation for context locale changes (squash)
- Resolves https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/issues/1711
(cherry picked from commit 2e289baea943dcece88f02d110b03d344308a261)
(cherry picked from commit 97b16bc19ae680db62608d6020b00fe5ac451c60)
[MODERATION] User blocking (squash) do not use shared fixture
It conflicts with a fixtured added in the commit
Fix comment permissions (#28213) (#28216)
(cherry picked from commit ab40799dcab24e9f495d765268b791931da81684)
(cherry picked from commit 996c92cafdb5b33a6d2d05d94038e950d97eb7de)
(cherry picked from commit 259912e3a69071c5ad57871464d0b79f69a8e72c)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1921
(cherry picked from commit 1e82abc032c18015b92c93a7617a5dd06d50bd2d)
(cherry picked from commit a176fee1607d571b25b345184f1c50d403029610)
(cherry picked from commit 0480b76dfeda968849e900da9454a3efd82590fa)
(cherry picked from commit 4bc06b7b3841c74e3d790b1ef635c2b382ca7123)
(cherry picked from commit 073094cf722a927a623408d66537c758d7d64e4c)
(cherry picked from commit ac6201c647a4d3a2cfb2b0303b851a8fe7a29444)
(cherry picked from commit 7e0812674da3fbd1e96bdda820962edad6826fbd)
(cherry picked from commit 068c741e5696957710b3d1c2e18c00be2ffaa278)
Conflicts:
models/repo_transfer.go
models/repo_transfer_test.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/2298
2023-08-15 02:07:38 +03:00
} )
2023-06-30 02:22:55 +03:00
m . Group ( "/avatar" , func ( ) {
m . Post ( "" , bind ( api . UpdateUserAvatarOption { } ) , user . UpdateAvatar )
m . Delete ( "" , user . DeleteAvatar )
} , reqToken ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser ) , reqToken ( ) )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
// Repositories (requires repo scope, org scope)
m . Post ( "/org/{org}/repos" ,
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
// FIXME: we need org in context
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryRepository ) ,
reqToken ( ) ,
bind ( api . CreateRepoOption { } ) ,
repo . CreateOrgRepoDeprecated )
2020-01-09 19:40:01 +03:00
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
// requires repo scope
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
// FIXME: Don't expose repository id outside of the system
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/repositories/{id}" , reqToken ( ) , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryRepository ) ) . Get ( repo . GetByID )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
// Repos (requires repo scope)
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
m . Group ( "/repos" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/search" , repo . Search )
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
// (repo scope)
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "/migrate" , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . MigrateRepoOptions { } ) , repo . Migrate )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{username}/{reponame}" , func ( ) {
2024-04-16 06:45:04 +03:00
m . Get ( "/compare/*" , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , repo . CompareDiff )
2018-11-28 14:26:14 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( reqAnyRepoReader ( ) , repo . Get ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqOwner ( ) , repo . Delete ) .
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) , bind ( api . EditRepoOption { } ) , repo . Edit )
m . Post ( "/generate" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , bind ( api . GenerateRepoOption { } ) , repo . Generate )
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
m . Group ( "/transfer" , func ( ) {
m . Post ( "" , reqOwner ( ) , bind ( api . TransferRepoOption { } ) , repo . Transfer )
m . Post ( "/accept" , repo . AcceptTransfer )
m . Post ( "/reject" , repo . RejectTransfer )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) )
2024-04-26 16:11:49 +03:00
addActionsRoutes (
m ,
reqOwner ( ) ,
repo . NewAction ( ) ,
)
2021-02-11 20:34:34 +03:00
m . Group ( "/hooks/git" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListGitHooks )
2021-02-11 20:34:34 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{id}" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . GetGitHook ) .
Patch ( bind ( api . EditGitHookOption { } ) , repo . EditGitHook ) .
Delete ( repo . DeleteGitHook )
2021-02-11 20:34:34 +03:00
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) , reqGitHook ( ) , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( true ) )
2016-07-17 03:08:38 +03:00
m . Group ( "/hooks" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListHooks ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateHookOption { } ) , repo . CreateHook )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{id}" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . GetHook ) .
Patch ( bind ( api . EditHookOption { } ) , repo . EditHook ) .
Delete ( repo . DeleteHook )
m . Post ( "/tests" , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , context . RepoRefForAPI , repo . TestHook )
2018-04-29 09:21:33 +03:00
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) , reqWebhooksEnabled ( ) )
2016-12-26 10:37:01 +03:00
m . Group ( "/collaborators" , func ( ) {
2020-04-21 18:22:04 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , reqAnyRepoReader ( ) , repo . ListCollaborators )
2022-04-29 15:24:38 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{collaborator}" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( reqAnyRepoReader ( ) , repo . IsCollaborator ) .
Put ( reqAdmin ( ) , bind ( api . AddCollaboratorOption { } ) , repo . AddCollaborator ) .
Delete ( reqAdmin ( ) , repo . DeleteCollaborator )
m . Get ( "/permission" , repo . GetRepoPermissions )
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) )
2024-01-05 15:45:10 +03:00
if setting . Repository . EnableFlags {
m . Group ( "/flags" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListFlags ) .
Put ( bind ( api . ReplaceFlagsOption { } ) , repo . ReplaceAllFlags ) .
Delete ( repo . DeleteAllFlags )
m . Group ( "/{flag}" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . HasFlag ) .
Put ( repo . AddFlag ) .
Delete ( repo . DeleteFlag )
} )
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryAdmin ) , reqToken ( ) , reqSiteAdmin ( ) )
}
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "/assignees" , reqToken ( ) , reqAnyRepoReader ( ) , repo . GetAssignees )
m . Get ( "/reviewers" , reqToken ( ) , reqAnyRepoReader ( ) , repo . GetReviewers )
2021-02-02 00:57:12 +03:00
m . Group ( "/teams" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , reqAnyRepoReader ( ) , repo . ListTeams )
m . Combo ( "/{team}" ) . Get ( reqAnyRepoReader ( ) , repo . IsTeam ) .
Put ( reqAdmin ( ) , repo . AddTeam ) .
Delete ( reqAdmin ( ) , repo . DeleteTeam )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) )
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
m . Get ( "/raw/*" , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , context . RepoRefForAPI , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , repo . GetRawFile )
2022-06-04 16:17:53 +03:00
m . Get ( "/media/*" , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , context . RepoRefForAPI , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , repo . GetRawFileOrLFS )
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
m . Get ( "/archive/*" , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , repo . GetArchive )
2024-02-25 13:58:23 +03:00
if ! setting . Repository . DisableForks {
m . Combo ( "/forks" ) . Get ( repo . ListForks ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , bind ( api . CreateForkOption { } ) , repo . CreateFork )
}
2016-01-15 21:24:03 +03:00
m . Group ( "/branches" , func ( ) {
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , repo . ListBranches )
m . Get ( "/*" , repo . GetBranch )
2023-09-22 02:43:29 +03:00
m . Delete ( "/*" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . DeleteBranch )
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . CreateBranchRepoOption { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeGitAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . CreateBranch )
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
} , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) )
2020-02-13 02:19:35 +03:00
m . Group ( "/branch_protections" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , repo . ListBranchProtections )
2023-09-22 02:43:29 +03:00
m . Post ( "" , bind ( api . CreateBranchProtectionOption { } ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . CreateBranchProtection )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{name}" , func ( ) {
2020-02-13 02:19:35 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , repo . GetBranchProtection )
2023-09-22 02:43:29 +03:00
m . Patch ( "" , bind ( api . EditBranchProtectionOption { } ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . EditBranchProtection )
2020-02-13 02:19:35 +03:00
m . Delete ( "" , repo . DeleteBranchProtection )
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) )
2019-02-07 15:00:52 +03:00
m . Group ( "/tags" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , repo . ListTags )
2021-06-24 00:08:47 +03:00
m . Get ( "/*" , repo . GetTag )
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . CreateTagOption { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . CreateTag )
2023-09-22 02:43:29 +03:00
m . Delete ( "/*" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . DeleteTag )
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
} , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( true ) )
2024-06-14 19:56:10 +03:00
m . Group ( "/tag_protections" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListTagProtection ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateTagProtectionOption { } ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . CreateTagProtection )
m . Group ( "/{id}" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . GetTagProtection ) .
Patch ( bind ( api . EditTagProtectionOption { } ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . EditTagProtection ) .
Delete ( repo . DeleteTagProtection )
} )
} , reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) )
Add API endpoints for getting action jobs status (#26673)
Sample of response, it is similar to Github actions
ref
https://docs.github.com/en/rest/actions/workflow-runs?apiVersion=2022-11-28#list-workflow-runs-for-a-repository
``` json
{
"workflow_runs": [
{
"id": 3,
"name": "Explore-Gitea-Actions",
"head_branch": "main",
"head_sha": "6d8d29a9f7a01ded8f8aeb64341cb31ee1ab5f19",
"run_number": 3,
"event": "push",
"display_title": "More job",
"status": "success",
"workflow_id": "demo2.yaml",
"url": "/chester/test/actions/runs/3",
"created_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:33-04:00",
"updated_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:37-04:00",
"run_started_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:33-04:00"
},
{
"id": 2,
"name": "Explore-Gitea-Actions",
"head_branch": "main",
"head_sha": "6d8d29a9f7a01ded8f8aeb64341cb31ee1ab5f19",
"run_number": 2,
"event": "push",
"display_title": "More job",
"status": "success",
"workflow_id": "demo.yaml",
"url": "/chester/test/actions/runs/2",
"created_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:30-04:00",
"updated_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:33-04:00",
"run_started_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:30-04:00"
},
{
"id": 1,
"name": "Explore-Gitea-Actions",
"head_branch": "main",
"head_sha": "e5369ab054cae79899ba36e45ee82811a6e0acd5",
"run_number": 1,
"event": "push",
"display_title": "Add job",
"status": "failure",
"workflow_id": "demo.yaml",
"url": "/chester/test/actions/runs/1",
"created_at": "2023-08-22T13:15:21-04:00",
"updated_at": "2023-08-22T13:18:10-04:00",
"run_started_at": "2023-08-22T13:15:21-04:00"
}
],
"total_count": 3
}
```
---------
Co-authored-by: yp05327 <576951401@qq.com>
Co-authored-by: puni9869 <80308335+puni9869@users.noreply.github.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6709e28da78a0ea7e63f9fe4e32f620abdc88d14)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/swagger/repo.go
trivial context conflict
2024-05-01 04:40:23 +03:00
m . Group ( "/actions" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/tasks" , repo . ListActionTasks )
2024-06-28 08:17:11 +03:00
m . Group ( "/workflows" , func ( ) {
m . Group ( "/{workflowname}" , func ( ) {
m . Post ( "/dispatches" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeActions ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . DispatchWorkflowOption { } ) , repo . DispatchWorkflow )
} )
} )
Add API endpoints for getting action jobs status (#26673)
Sample of response, it is similar to Github actions
ref
https://docs.github.com/en/rest/actions/workflow-runs?apiVersion=2022-11-28#list-workflow-runs-for-a-repository
``` json
{
"workflow_runs": [
{
"id": 3,
"name": "Explore-Gitea-Actions",
"head_branch": "main",
"head_sha": "6d8d29a9f7a01ded8f8aeb64341cb31ee1ab5f19",
"run_number": 3,
"event": "push",
"display_title": "More job",
"status": "success",
"workflow_id": "demo2.yaml",
"url": "/chester/test/actions/runs/3",
"created_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:33-04:00",
"updated_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:37-04:00",
"run_started_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:33-04:00"
},
{
"id": 2,
"name": "Explore-Gitea-Actions",
"head_branch": "main",
"head_sha": "6d8d29a9f7a01ded8f8aeb64341cb31ee1ab5f19",
"run_number": 2,
"event": "push",
"display_title": "More job",
"status": "success",
"workflow_id": "demo.yaml",
"url": "/chester/test/actions/runs/2",
"created_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:30-04:00",
"updated_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:33-04:00",
"run_started_at": "2023-08-22T13:41:30-04:00"
},
{
"id": 1,
"name": "Explore-Gitea-Actions",
"head_branch": "main",
"head_sha": "e5369ab054cae79899ba36e45ee82811a6e0acd5",
"run_number": 1,
"event": "push",
"display_title": "Add job",
"status": "failure",
"workflow_id": "demo.yaml",
"url": "/chester/test/actions/runs/1",
"created_at": "2023-08-22T13:15:21-04:00",
"updated_at": "2023-08-22T13:18:10-04:00",
"run_started_at": "2023-08-22T13:15:21-04:00"
}
],
"total_count": 3
}
```
---------
Co-authored-by: yp05327 <576951401@qq.com>
Co-authored-by: puni9869 <80308335+puni9869@users.noreply.github.com>
(cherry picked from commit 6709e28da78a0ea7e63f9fe4e32f620abdc88d14)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/swagger/repo.go
trivial context conflict
2024-05-01 04:40:23 +03:00
} , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeActions ) , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( true ) )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
m . Group ( "/keys" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListDeployKeys ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateKeyOption { } ) , repo . CreateDeployKey )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( repo . GetDeployKey ) .
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
Delete ( repo . DeleteDeploykey )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) )
2017-09-12 09:48:13 +03:00
m . Group ( "/times" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListTrackedTimesByRepository )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{timetrackingusername}" ) . Get ( repo . ListTrackedTimesByUser )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , mustEnableIssues , reqToken ( ) )
2021-10-25 06:43:40 +03:00
m . Group ( "/wiki" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "/page/{pageName}" ) .
Get ( repo . GetWikiPage ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Patch ( mustNotBeArchived , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeWiki ) , bind ( api . CreateWikiPageOptions { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeWiki , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . EditWikiPage ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Delete ( mustNotBeArchived , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeWiki ) , repo . DeleteWikiPage )
2021-10-25 06:43:40 +03:00
m . Get ( "/revisions/{pageName}" , repo . ListPageRevisions )
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "/new" , reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeWiki ) , bind ( api . CreateWikiPageOptions { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeWiki , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . NewWikiPage )
2021-10-25 06:43:40 +03:00
m . Get ( "/pages" , repo . ListWikiPages )
} , mustEnableWiki )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "/markup" , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . MarkupOption { } ) , misc . Markup )
m . Post ( "/markdown" , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . MarkdownOption { } ) , misc . Markdown )
m . Post ( "/markdown/raw" , reqToken ( ) , misc . MarkdownRaw )
2024-02-26 11:22:51 +03:00
if ! setting . Repository . DisableStars {
m . Get ( "/stargazers" , repo . ListStargazers )
}
2017-01-07 06:13:02 +03:00
m . Get ( "/subscribers" , repo . ListSubscribers )
2016-12-24 04:53:11 +03:00
m . Group ( "/subscription" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , user . IsWatching )
2024-01-12 04:57:58 +03:00
m . Put ( "" , user . Watch )
m . Delete ( "" , user . Unwatch )
} , reqToken ( ) )
2016-12-31 19:51:22 +03:00
m . Group ( "/releases" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListReleases ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeReleases ) , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , bind ( api . CreateReleaseOption { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . CreateRelease )
2023-01-26 19:33:47 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/latest" ) . Get ( repo . GetLatestRelease )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{id}" , func ( ) {
2018-03-06 04:22:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . GetRelease ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeReleases ) , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , bind ( api . EditReleaseOption { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . EditRelease ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeReleases ) , repo . DeleteRelease )
2018-03-06 04:22:16 +03:00
m . Group ( "/assets" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListReleaseAttachments ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeReleases ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeAssetsAttachmentsReleases , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . CreateReleaseAttachment )
2023-07-10 12:31:19 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{attachment_id}" ) . Get ( repo . GetReleaseAttachment ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeReleases ) , bind ( api . EditAttachmentOptions { } ) , repo . EditReleaseAttachment ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeReleases ) , repo . DeleteReleaseAttachment )
2018-03-06 04:22:16 +03:00
} )
} )
2020-09-25 22:11:43 +03:00
m . Group ( "/tags" , func ( ) {
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{tag}" ) .
2021-02-07 21:32:18 +03:00
Get ( repo . GetReleaseByTag ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeReleases ) , repo . DeleteReleaseByTag )
2020-09-25 22:11:43 +03:00
} )
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
} , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeReleases ) )
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "/mirror-sync" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , mustNotBeArchived , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeGitAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . MirrorSync )
2024-01-24 05:32:57 +03:00
m . Post ( "/push_mirrors-sync" , reqAdmin ( ) , reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . PushMirrorSync )
2022-07-30 19:45:59 +03:00
m . Group ( "/push_mirrors" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListPushMirrors ) .
2024-01-24 05:32:57 +03:00
Post ( mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . CreatePushMirrorOption { } ) , repo . AddPushMirror )
2022-07-30 19:45:59 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{name}" ) .
2024-01-24 05:32:57 +03:00
Delete ( mustNotBeArchived , repo . DeletePushMirrorByRemoteName ) .
2022-07-30 19:45:59 +03:00
Get ( repo . GetPushMirrorByName )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqAdmin ( ) , reqToken ( ) )
2022-07-30 19:45:59 +03:00
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
m . Get ( "/editorconfig/{filename}" , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , context . RepoRefForAPI , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , repo . GetEditorconfig )
2016-12-02 14:10:39 +03:00
m . Group ( "/pulls" , func ( ) {
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListPullRequests ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . CreatePullRequestOption { } ) , repo . CreatePullRequest )
2023-05-25 16:17:19 +03:00
m . Get ( "/pinned" , repo . ListPinnedPullRequests )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{index}" , func ( ) {
2017-07-12 04:23:41 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . GetPullRequest ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . EditPullRequestOption { } ) , repo . EditPullRequest )
2021-09-22 02:04:53 +03:00
m . Get ( ".{diffType:diff|patch}" , repo . DownloadPullDiffOrPatch )
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "/update" , reqToken ( ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeGitAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . UpdatePullRequest )
2021-07-02 15:19:57 +03:00
m . Get ( "/commits" , repo . GetPullRequestCommits )
2022-09-29 05:27:20 +03:00
m . Get ( "/files" , repo . GetPullRequestFiles )
2017-07-12 04:23:41 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/merge" ) . Get ( repo . IsPullRequestMerged ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( forms . MergePullRequestForm { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeGitAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . MergePullRequest ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . CancelScheduledAutoMerge )
2020-05-02 03:20:51 +03:00
m . Group ( "/reviews" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Get ( repo . ListPullReviews ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . CreatePullReviewOptions { } ) , repo . CreatePullReview )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{id}" , func ( ) {
2020-05-02 03:20:51 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Get ( repo . GetPullReview ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , repo . DeletePullReview ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . SubmitPullReviewOptions { } ) , repo . SubmitPullReview )
2024-01-11 14:32:18 +03:00
m . Group ( "/comments" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Get ( repo . GetPullReviewComments ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . CreatePullReviewCommentOptions { } ) , repo . CreatePullReviewComment )
2024-01-16 13:28:09 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{comment}" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Get ( repo . GetPullReviewComment ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , repo . DeletePullReviewComment )
} , commentAssignment ( "comment" ) )
2024-01-11 14:32:18 +03:00
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "/dismissals" , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . DismissPullReviewOptions { } ) , repo . DismissPullReview )
m . Post ( "/undismissals" , reqToken ( ) , repo . UnDismissPullReview )
2020-05-02 03:20:51 +03:00
} )
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/requested_reviewers" , reqToken ( ) ) .
2023-01-18 00:46:03 +03:00
Delete ( bind ( api . PullReviewRequestOptions { } ) , repo . DeleteReviewRequests ) .
Post ( bind ( api . PullReviewRequestOptions { } ) , repo . CreateReviewRequests )
2016-12-02 14:10:39 +03:00
} )
2024-02-26 05:39:01 +03:00
m . Get ( "/{base}/*" , repo . GetPullRequestByBaseHead )
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
} , mustAllowPulls , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) )
2017-04-21 14:32:31 +03:00
m . Group ( "/statuses" , func ( ) {
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{sha}" ) . Get ( repo . GetCommitStatuses ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , bind ( api . CreateStatusOption { } ) , repo . NewCommitStatus )
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
} , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) )
2019-08-26 17:09:10 +03:00
m . Group ( "/commits" , func ( ) {
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , repo . GetAllCommits )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{ref}" , func ( ) {
2019-08-26 17:09:10 +03:00
m . Get ( "/status" , repo . GetCombinedCommitStatusByRef )
m . Get ( "/statuses" , repo . GetCommitStatusesByRef )
2024-02-24 11:18:39 +03:00
m . Get ( "/pull" , repo . GetCommitPullRequest )
2022-04-30 17:32:01 +03:00
} , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) )
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
} , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) )
2018-11-28 00:52:20 +03:00
m . Group ( "/git" , func ( ) {
2019-02-03 06:35:17 +03:00
m . Group ( "/commits" , func ( ) {
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
m . Get ( "/{sha}" , repo . GetSingleCommit )
2021-09-20 19:14:29 +03:00
m . Get ( "/{sha}.{diffType:diff|patch}" , repo . DownloadCommitDiffOrPatch )
2019-02-03 06:35:17 +03:00
} )
2018-11-28 00:52:20 +03:00
m . Get ( "/refs" , repo . GetGitAllRefs )
m . Get ( "/refs/*" , repo . GetGitRefs )
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
m . Get ( "/trees/{sha}" , repo . GetTree )
m . Get ( "/blobs/{sha}" , repo . GetBlob )
m . Get ( "/tags/{sha}" , repo . GetAnnotatedTag )
2024-11-19 01:56:17 +03:00
m . Group ( "/notes/{sha}" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , repo . GetNote )
m . Post ( "" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , bind ( api . NoteOptions { } ) , repo . SetNote )
m . Delete ( "" , reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , repo . RemoveNote )
} )
2023-01-15 17:33:25 +03:00
} , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( true ) , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) )
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "/diffpatch" , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeCode ) , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . ApplyDiffPatchFileOptions { } ) , mustNotBeArchived , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . ApplyDiffPatch )
2019-04-17 19:06:35 +03:00
m . Group ( "/contents" , func ( ) {
2019-06-29 23:51:10 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , repo . GetContentsList )
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "" , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . ChangeFilesOptions { } ) , reqRepoBranchWriter , mustNotBeArchived , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . ChangeFiles )
2019-06-29 23:51:10 +03:00
m . Get ( "/*" , repo . GetContents )
2019-04-17 19:06:35 +03:00
m . Group ( "/*" , func ( ) {
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "" , bind ( api . CreateFileOptions { } ) , reqRepoBranchWriter , mustNotBeArchived , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . CreateFile )
m . Put ( "" , bind ( api . UpdateFileOptions { } ) , reqRepoBranchWriter , mustNotBeArchived , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . UpdateFile )
m . Delete ( "" , bind ( api . DeleteFileOptions { } ) , reqRepoBranchWriter , mustNotBeArchived , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . DeleteFile )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) )
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
} , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) )
2019-10-16 16:42:42 +03:00
m . Get ( "/signing-key.gpg" , misc . SigningKey )
2019-09-03 18:46:24 +03:00
m . Group ( "/topics" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListTopics ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Put ( reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) , bind ( api . RepoTopicOptions { } ) , repo . UpdateTopics )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{topic}" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Put ( reqToken ( ) , repo . AddTopic ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , repo . DeleteTopic )
2019-09-03 18:46:24 +03:00
} , reqAdmin ( ) )
} , reqAnyRepoReader ( ) )
2022-04-21 18:17:57 +03:00
m . Get ( "/issue_templates" , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , repo . GetIssueTemplates )
2023-03-28 21:22:07 +03:00
m . Get ( "/issue_config" , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , repo . GetIssueConfig )
m . Get ( "/issue_config/validate" , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , repo . ValidateIssueConfig )
2021-11-09 22:57:58 +03:00
m . Get ( "/languages" , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeCode ) , repo . GetLanguages )
2023-04-04 16:35:31 +03:00
m . Get ( "/activities/feeds" , repo . ListRepoActivityFeeds )
2023-05-25 16:17:19 +03:00
m . Get ( "/new_pin_allowed" , repo . AreNewIssuePinsAllowed )
2023-06-30 02:22:55 +03:00
m . Group ( "/avatar" , func ( ) {
m . Post ( "" , bind ( api . UpdateRepoAvatarOption { } ) , repo . UpdateAvatar )
m . Delete ( "" , repo . DeleteAvatar )
} , reqAdmin ( ) , reqToken ( ) )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , repoAssignment ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryRepository ) )
// Notifications (requires notifications scope)
m . Group ( "/repos" , func ( ) {
m . Group ( "/{username}/{reponame}" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "/notifications" , reqToken ( ) ) .
Get ( notify . ListRepoNotifications ) .
Put ( notify . ReadRepoNotifications )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , repoAssignment ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryNotification ) )
// Issue (requires issue scope)
m . Group ( "/repos" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/issues/search" , repo . SearchIssues )
m . Group ( "/{username}/{reponame}" , func ( ) {
m . Group ( "/issues" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListIssues ) .
2023-11-25 20:21:21 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . CreateIssueOption { } ) , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeIssues ) , repo . CreateIssue )
m . Get ( "/pinned" , reqRepoReader ( unit . TypeIssues ) , repo . ListPinnedIssues )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Group ( "/comments" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , repo . ListRepoIssueComments )
m . Group ( "/{id}" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Get ( repo . GetIssueComment ) .
Patch ( mustNotBeArchived , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . EditIssueCommentOption { } ) , repo . EditIssueComment ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , repo . DeleteIssueComment )
m . Combo ( "/reactions" ) .
Get ( repo . GetIssueCommentReactions ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . EditReactionOption { } ) , repo . PostIssueCommentReaction ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . EditReactionOption { } ) , repo . DeleteIssueCommentReaction )
m . Group ( "/assets" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Get ( repo . ListIssueCommentAttachments ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeAssetsAttachmentsIssues , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . CreateIssueCommentAttachment )
2023-07-10 12:31:19 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{attachment_id}" ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Get ( repo . GetIssueCommentAttachment ) .
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . EditAttachmentOptions { } ) , repo . EditIssueCommentAttachment ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . DeleteIssueCommentAttachment )
} , mustEnableAttachments )
2024-01-11 13:54:16 +03:00
} , commentAssignment ( ":id" ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} )
m . Group ( "/{index}" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . GetIssue ) .
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . EditIssueOption { } ) , repo . EditIssue ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) , context . ReferencesGitRepo ( ) , repo . DeleteIssue )
m . Group ( "/comments" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListIssueComments ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . CreateIssueCommentOption { } ) , repo . CreateIssueComment )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" , reqToken ( ) ) . Patch ( bind ( api . EditIssueCommentOption { } ) , repo . EditIssueCommentDeprecated ) .
Delete ( repo . DeleteIssueCommentDeprecated )
} )
m . Get ( "/timeline" , repo . ListIssueCommentsAndTimeline )
m . Group ( "/labels" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListIssueLabels ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . IssueLabelsOption { } ) , repo . AddIssueLabels ) .
Put ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . IssueLabelsOption { } ) , repo . ReplaceIssueLabels ) .
[FEAT] allow setting the update date on issues and comments
This field adds the possibility to set the update date when modifying
an issue through the API.
A 'NoAutoDate' in-memory field is added in the Issue struct.
If the update_at field is set, NoAutoDate is set to true and the
Issue's UpdatedUnix field is filled.
That information is passed down to the functions that actually updates
the database, which have been modified to not auto update dates if
requested.
A guard is added to the 'EditIssue' API call, to checks that the
udpate_at date is between the issue's creation date and the current
date (to avoid 'malicious' changes). It also limits the new feature
to project's owners and admins.
(cherry picked from commit c524d33402c76bc4cccea2806f289e08a009baae)
Add a SetIssueUpdateDate() function in services/issue.go
That function is used by some API calls to set the NoAutoDate and
UpdatedUnix fields of an Issue if an updated_at date is provided.
(cherry picked from commit f061caa6555e0c9e922ee1e73dd2e4337360e9fe)
Add an updated_at field to the API calls related to Issue's Labels.
The update date is applied to the issue's comment created to inform
about the modification of the issue's labels.
(cherry picked from commit ea36cf80f58f0ab20c565a8f5d063b90fd741f97)
Add an updated_at field to the API call for issue's attachment creation
The update date is applied to the issue's comment created to inform
about the modification of the issue's content, and is set as the
asset creation date.
(cherry picked from commit 96150971ca31b97e97e84d5f5eb95a177cc44e2e)
Checking Issue changes, with and without providing an updated_at date
Those unit tests are added:
- TestAPIEditIssueWithAutoDate
- TestAPIEditIssueWithNoAutoDate
- TestAPIAddIssueLabelsWithAutoDate
- TestAPIAddIssueLabelsWithNoAutoDate
- TestAPICreateIssueAttachmentWithAutoDate
- TestAPICreateIssueAttachmentWithNoAutoDate
(cherry picked from commit 4926a5d7a28581003545256632213bf4136b193d)
Add an updated_at field to the API call for issue's comment creation
The update date is used as the comment creation date, and is applied to
the issue as the update creation date.
(cherry picked from commit 76c8faecdc6cba48ca4fe07d1a916d1f1a4b37b4)
Add an updated_at field to the API call for issue's comment edition
The update date is used as the comment update date, and is applied to
the issue as an update date.
(cherry picked from commit cf787ad7fdb8e6273fdc35d7b5cc164b400207e9)
Add an updated_at field to the API call for comment's attachment creation
The update date is applied to the comment, and is set as the asset
creation date.
(cherry picked from commit 1e4ff424d39db7a4256cd9abf9c58b8d3e1b5c14)
Checking Comment changes, with and without providing an updated_at date
Those unit tests are added:
- TestAPICreateCommentWithAutoDate
- TestAPICreateCommentWithNoAutoDate
- TestAPIEditCommentWithAutoDate
- TestAPIEditCommentWithNoAutoDate
- TestAPICreateCommentAttachmentWithAutoDate
- TestAPICreateCommentAttachmentWithNoAutoDate
(cherry picked from commit da932152f1deb3039a399516a51c8b6757059c91)
Pettier code to set the update time of comments
Now uses sess.AllCols().NoAutoToime().SetExpr("updated_unix", ...)
XORM is smart enough to compose one single SQL UPDATE which all
columns + updated_unix.
(cherry picked from commit 1f6a42808dd739c0c2e49e6b7ae2967f120f43c2)
Issue edition: Keep the max of the milestone and issue update dates.
When editing an issue via the API, an updated_at date can be provided.
If the EditIssue call changes the issue's milestone, the milestone's
update date is to be changed accordingly, but only with a greater
value.
This ensures that a milestone's update date is the max of all issue's
update dates.
(cherry picked from commit 8f22ea182e6b49e933dc6534040160dd739ff18a)
Rewrite the 'AutoDate' tests using subtests
Also add a test to check the permissions to set a date, and a test
to check update dates on milestones.
The tests related to 'AutoDate' are:
- TestAPIEditIssueAutoDate
- TestAPIAddIssueLabelsAutoDate
- TestAPIEditIssueMilestoneAutoDate
- TestAPICreateIssueAttachmentAutoDate
- TestAPICreateCommentAutoDate
- TestAPIEditCommentWithDate
- TestAPICreateCommentAttachmentAutoDate
(cherry picked from commit 961fd13c551b3e50040acb7c914a00ead92de63f)
(cherry picked from commit d52f4eea44692ee773010cb66a69a603663947d5)
(cherry picked from commit 3540ea2a43155ca8cf5ab1a4a246babfb829db16)
Conflicts:
services/issue/issue.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1415
(cherry picked from commit 56720ade008c09122d825959171aa5346d645987)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/repo/issue_label.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1462
(cherry picked from commit 47c78927d6c7e7a50298fa67efad1e73723a0981)
(cherry picked from commit 2030f3b965cde401976821083c3250b404954ecc)
(cherry picked from commit f02aeb76981cd688ceaf6613f142a8a725be1437)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/repo/issue_attachment.go
routers/api/v1/repo/issue_comment_attachment.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1575
(cherry picked from commit d072525b35e44faf7ff87143c0e52b8ba8a625c8)
(cherry picked from commit 8424d0ab3df75ac3ffa30f42d398e22995ada5e7)
(cherry picked from commit 5cc62caec788b54afd9da5b9193ce06ee8ec562b)
(cherry picked from commit d6300d5dcd01c7ddc65d8b0f326f9c19cb53b58e)
[FEAT] allow setting the update date on issues and comments (squash) apply the 'update_at' value to the cross-ref comments (#1676)
[this is a follow-up to PR #764]
When a comment of issue A referencing issue B is added with a forced 'updated_at' date, that date has to be applied to the comment created in issue B.
-----
Comment:
While trying my 'RoundUp migration script', I found that this case was forgotten in PR #764 - my apologies...
I'll try to write a functional test, base on models/issues/issue_xref_test.go
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1676
Co-authored-by: fluzz <fluzz@freedroid.org>
Co-committed-by: fluzz <fluzz@freedroid.org>
(cherry picked from commit ac4f727f63a2dd746dd84a31ebf7f70d5b5d7c52)
(cherry picked from commit 5110476ee9010ba8cdca0e0f37f765f8800e9fe1)
(cherry picked from commit 77ba6be1dab4f6f3678d79a394da56e6447ebbe1)
(cherry picked from commit 9c8337b5c442cfd72d97597c2089e776f42828b7)
(cherry picked from commit 1d689eb686f0f7df09c7861b3faf9d8683cb933b)
(cherry picked from commit 511c519c875a4c4e65c02ef0c4e3b941f4da4371)
(cherry picked from commit 2f0b4a8f610837d34844bb79cda1360ab23b6b1c)
(cherry picked from commit fdd4da111c449322901a0acf6d0857eac4716581)
[FEAT] allow setting the update date on issues and comments (squash) do not use token= query param
See https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/commit/33439b733a
(cherry picked from commit c5139a75b9e4af612a628171bd4f63a24860c272)
(cherry picked from commit c7b572c35d3e9e22017fd74045bcdc1109bd06df)
(cherry picked from commit aec7503ff6dd177980f3d9f367122ffc2fec8986)
(cherry picked from commit 87c65f2a490faeccb85088fa0981dd50f7199eb8)
(cherry picked from commit bd47ee33c20e53ae616a7e53d63c3b51809585fb)
(cherry picked from commit f3dbd90a747c14fb1b5b4271db6c10abbf86d586)
2023-10-09 20:07:47 +03:00
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . DeleteLabelsOption { } ) , repo . ClearIssueLabels )
m . Delete ( "/{id}" , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . DeleteLabelsOption { } ) , repo . DeleteIssueLabel )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} )
m . Group ( "/times" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Get ( repo . ListTrackedTimes ) .
Post ( bind ( api . AddTimeOption { } ) , repo . AddTime ) .
Delete ( repo . ResetIssueTime )
m . Delete ( "/{id}" , repo . DeleteTime )
} , reqToken ( ) )
m . Combo ( "/deadline" ) . Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . EditDeadlineOption { } ) , repo . UpdateIssueDeadline )
m . Group ( "/stopwatch" , func ( ) {
m . Post ( "/start" , repo . StartIssueStopwatch )
m . Post ( "/stop" , repo . StopIssueStopwatch )
m . Delete ( "/delete" , repo . DeleteIssueStopwatch )
} , reqToken ( ) )
m . Group ( "/subscriptions" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , repo . GetIssueSubscribers )
m . Get ( "/check" , reqToken ( ) , repo . CheckIssueSubscription )
m . Put ( "/{user}" , reqToken ( ) , repo . AddIssueSubscription )
m . Delete ( "/{user}" , reqToken ( ) , repo . DelIssueSubscription )
} )
m . Combo ( "/reactions" ) .
Get ( repo . GetIssueReactions ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . EditReactionOption { } ) , repo . PostIssueReaction ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . EditReactionOption { } ) , repo . DeleteIssueReaction )
m . Group ( "/assets" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Get ( repo . ListIssueAttachments ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeAssetsAttachmentsIssues , context . QuotaTargetRepo ) , repo . CreateIssueAttachment )
2023-07-10 12:31:19 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{attachment_id}" ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Get ( repo . GetIssueAttachment ) .
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . EditAttachmentOptions { } ) , repo . EditIssueAttachment ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , repo . DeleteIssueAttachment )
} , mustEnableAttachments )
m . Combo ( "/dependencies" ) .
Get ( repo . GetIssueDependencies ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . IssueMeta { } ) , repo . CreateIssueDependency ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , mustNotBeArchived , bind ( api . IssueMeta { } ) , repo . RemoveIssueDependency )
m . Combo ( "/blocks" ) .
Get ( repo . GetIssueBlocks ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . IssueMeta { } ) , repo . CreateIssueBlocking ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . IssueMeta { } ) , repo . RemoveIssueBlocking )
m . Group ( "/pin" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) , repo . PinIssue ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) , repo . UnpinIssue )
m . Patch ( "/{position}" , reqToken ( ) , reqAdmin ( ) , repo . MoveIssuePin )
} )
} )
} , mustEnableIssuesOrPulls )
m . Group ( "/labels" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListLabels ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeIssues , unit . TypePullRequests ) , bind ( api . CreateLabelOption { } ) , repo . CreateLabel )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( repo . GetLabel ) .
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeIssues , unit . TypePullRequests ) , bind ( api . EditLabelOption { } ) , repo . EditLabel ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeIssues , unit . TypePullRequests ) , repo . DeleteLabel )
} )
m . Group ( "/milestones" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( repo . ListMilestones ) .
Post ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeIssues , unit . TypePullRequests ) , bind ( api . CreateMilestoneOption { } ) , repo . CreateMilestone )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( repo . GetMilestone ) .
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeIssues , unit . TypePullRequests ) , bind ( api . EditMilestoneOption { } ) , repo . EditMilestone ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqRepoWriter ( unit . TypeIssues , unit . TypePullRequests ) , repo . DeleteMilestone )
} )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , repoAssignment ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryIssue ) )
2015-12-05 01:16:42 +03:00
2022-11-12 21:59:15 +03:00
// NOTE: these are Gitea package management API - see packages.CommonRoutes and packages.DockerContainerRoutes for endpoints that implement package manager APIs
2022-03-30 11:42:47 +03:00
m . Group ( "/packages/{username}" , func ( ) {
m . Group ( "/{type}/{name}/{version}" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , reqToken ( ) , packages . GetPackage )
m . Delete ( "" , reqToken ( ) , reqPackageAccess ( perm . AccessModeWrite ) , packages . DeletePackage )
m . Get ( "/files" , reqToken ( ) , packages . ListPackageFiles )
2022-03-30 11:42:47 +03:00
} )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "/" , reqToken ( ) , packages . ListPackages )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryPackage ) , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) , context . PackageAssignmentAPI ( ) , reqPackageAccess ( perm . AccessModeRead ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
2022-03-30 11:42:47 +03:00
2015-12-17 10:28:47 +03:00
// Organizations
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "/user/orgs" , reqToken ( ) , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization ) , org . ListMyOrgs )
2021-10-12 13:47:19 +03:00
m . Group ( "/users/{username}/orgs" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , reqToken ( ) , org . ListUserOrgs )
m . Get ( "/{org}/permissions" , reqToken ( ) , org . GetUserOrgsPermissions )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser , auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization ) , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "/orgs" , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization ) , reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . CreateOrgOption { } ) , org . Create )
m . Get ( "/orgs" , org . GetAll , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization ) )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/orgs/{org}" , func ( ) {
2023-04-21 18:39:03 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( org . Get ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , bind ( api . EditOrgOption { } ) , org . Edit ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , org . Delete )
2023-04-21 18:39:03 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/repos" ) . Get ( user . ListOrgRepos ) .
feat(quota): Quota enforcement
The previous commit laid out the foundation of the quota engine, this
one builds on top of it, and implements the actual enforcement.
Enforcement happens at the route decoration level, whenever possible. In
case of the API, when over quota, a 413 error is returned, with an
appropriate JSON payload. In case of web routes, a 413 HTML page is
rendered with similar information.
This implementation is for a **soft quota**: quota usage is checked
before an operation is to be performed, and the operation is *only*
denied if the user is already over quota. This makes it possible to go
over quota, but has the significant advantage of being practically
implementable within the current Forgejo architecture.
The goal of enforcement is to deny actions that can make the user go
over quota, and allow the rest. As such, deleting things should - in
almost all cases - be possible. A prime exemption is deleting files via
the web ui: that creates a new commit, which in turn increases repo
size, thus, is denied if the user is over quota.
Limitations
-----------
Because we generally work at a route decorator level, and rarely
look *into* the operation itself, `size:repos:public` and
`size:repos:private` are not enforced at this level, the engine enforces
against `size:repos:all`. This will be improved in the future.
AGit does not play very well with this system, because AGit PRs count
toward the repo they're opened against, while in the GitHub-style fork +
pull model, it counts against the fork. This too, can be improved in the
future.
There's very little done on the UI side to guard against going over
quota. What this patch implements, is enforcement, not prevention. The
UI will still let you *try* operations that *will* result in a denial.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:30:16 +03:00
Post ( reqToken ( ) , bind ( api . CreateRepoOption { } ) , context . EnforceQuotaAPI ( quota_model . LimitSubjectSizeReposAll , context . QuotaTargetOrg ) , repo . CreateOrgRepo )
2017-01-20 05:31:46 +03:00
m . Group ( "/members" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , reqToken ( ) , org . ListMembers )
m . Combo ( "/{username}" ) . Get ( reqToken ( ) , org . IsMember ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , org . DeleteMember )
2017-01-20 05:31:46 +03:00
} )
2024-04-26 16:11:49 +03:00
addActionsRoutes (
m ,
reqOrgOwnership ( ) ,
org . NewAction ( ) ,
)
2017-01-20 05:31:46 +03:00
m . Group ( "/public_members" , func ( ) {
2023-04-21 18:39:03 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , org . ListPublicMembers )
m . Combo ( "/{username}" ) . Get ( org . IsPublicMember ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Put ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgMembership ( ) , org . PublicizeMember ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgMembership ( ) , org . ConcealMember )
2017-01-20 05:31:46 +03:00
} )
2019-10-01 08:32:28 +03:00
m . Group ( "/teams" , func ( ) {
2023-10-22 02:40:59 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , org . ListTeams )
m . Post ( "" , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , bind ( api . CreateTeamOption { } ) , org . CreateTeam )
m . Get ( "/search" , org . SearchTeam )
} , reqToken ( ) , reqOrgMembership ( ) )
Add Organization Wide Labels (#10814)
* Add organization wide labels
Implement organization wide labels similar to organization wide
webhooks. This lets you create individual labels for organizations that can be used
for all repos under that organization (so being able to reuse the same
label across multiple repos).
This makes it possible for small organizations with many repos to use
labels effectively.
Fixes #7406
* Add migration
* remove comments
* fix tests
* Update options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
Removed unused translation string
* show org labels in issue search label filter
* Use more clear var name
* rename migration after merge from master
* comment typo
* update migration again after rebase with master
* check for orgID <=0 per guillep2k review
* fmt
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: guillep2k <18600385+guillep2k@users.noreply.github.com>
* remove unused code
* Make sure RepoID is 0 when searching orgID per code review
* more changes/code review requests
* More descriptive translation var per code review
* func description/delete comment when issue label deleted instead of hiding it
* remove comment
* only use issues in that repo when calculating number of open issues for org label on repo label page
* Add integration test for IssuesSearch API with labels
* remove unused function
* Update models/issue_label.go
Co-Authored-By: guillep2k <18600385+guillep2k@users.noreply.github.com>
* Use subquery in GetLabelIDsInReposByNames
* Fix tests to use correct orgID
* fix more tests
* IssuesSearch api now uses new BuildLabelNamesIssueIDsCondition. Add a few more tests as well
* update comment for clarity
* Revert previous code change now that we can use the new BuildLabelNamesIssueIDsCondition
* Don't sort repos by date in IssuesSearch API
After much debugging I've found a strange issue where in some cases MySQL will return a different result than other enigines if a query is sorted by a null collumn. For example with our integration test data where we don't set updated_unix in repository fixtures:
SELECT `id`, `owner_id`, `owner_name`, `lower_name`, `name`, `description`, `website`, `original_service_type`, `original_url`, `default_branch`, `num_watches`, `num_stars`, `num_forks`, `num_issues`, `num_closed_issues`, `num_pulls`, `num_closed_pulls`, `num_milestones`, `num_closed_milestones`, `is_private`, `is_empty`, `is_archived`, `is_mirror`, `status`, `is_fork`, `fork_id`, `is_template`, `template_id`, `size`, `is_fsck_enabled`, `close_issues_via_commit_in_any_branch`, `topics`, `avatar`, `created_unix`, `updated_unix` FROM `repository` ORDER BY updated_unix DESC LIMIT 15 OFFSET 45
Returns different results for MySQL than other engines. However, the similar query:
SELECT `id`, `owner_id`, `owner_name`, `lower_name`, `name`, `description`, `website`, `original_service_type`, `original_url`, `default_branch`, `num_watches`, `num_stars`, `num_forks`, `num_issues`, `num_closed_issues`, `num_pulls`, `num_closed_pulls`, `num_milestones`, `num_closed_milestones`, `is_private`, `is_empty`, `is_archived`, `is_mirror`, `status`, `is_fork`, `fork_id`, `is_template`, `template_id`, `size`, `is_fsck_enabled`, `close_issues_via_commit_in_any_branch`, `topics`, `avatar`, `created_unix`, `updated_unix` FROM `repository` ORDER BY updated_unix DESC LIMIT 15 OFFSET 30
Returns the same results.
This causes integration tests to fail on MySQL in certain cases but would never show up in a real installation. Since this API call always returns issues based on the optionally provided repo_priority_id or the issueID itself, there is no change to results by changing the repo sorting method used to get ids earlier in the function.
* linter is back!
* code review
* remove now unused option
* Fix newline at end of files
* more unused code
* update to master
* check for matching ids before query
* Update models/issue_label.go
Co-Authored-By: 6543 <6543@obermui.de>
* Update models/issue_label.go
* update comments
* Update routers/org/setting.go
Co-authored-by: Lauris BH <lauris@nix.lv>
Co-authored-by: guillep2k <18600385+guillep2k@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: 6543 <6543@obermui.de>
2020-04-01 07:14:46 +03:00
m . Group ( "/labels" , func ( ) {
2023-04-21 18:39:03 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , org . ListLabels )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Post ( "" , reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , bind ( api . CreateLabelOption { } ) , org . CreateLabel )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( reqToken ( ) , org . GetLabel ) .
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , bind ( api . EditLabelOption { } ) , org . EditLabel ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , org . DeleteLabel )
Add Organization Wide Labels (#10814)
* Add organization wide labels
Implement organization wide labels similar to organization wide
webhooks. This lets you create individual labels for organizations that can be used
for all repos under that organization (so being able to reuse the same
label across multiple repos).
This makes it possible for small organizations with many repos to use
labels effectively.
Fixes #7406
* Add migration
* remove comments
* fix tests
* Update options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
Removed unused translation string
* show org labels in issue search label filter
* Use more clear var name
* rename migration after merge from master
* comment typo
* update migration again after rebase with master
* check for orgID <=0 per guillep2k review
* fmt
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: guillep2k <18600385+guillep2k@users.noreply.github.com>
* remove unused code
* Make sure RepoID is 0 when searching orgID per code review
* more changes/code review requests
* More descriptive translation var per code review
* func description/delete comment when issue label deleted instead of hiding it
* remove comment
* only use issues in that repo when calculating number of open issues for org label on repo label page
* Add integration test for IssuesSearch API with labels
* remove unused function
* Update models/issue_label.go
Co-Authored-By: guillep2k <18600385+guillep2k@users.noreply.github.com>
* Use subquery in GetLabelIDsInReposByNames
* Fix tests to use correct orgID
* fix more tests
* IssuesSearch api now uses new BuildLabelNamesIssueIDsCondition. Add a few more tests as well
* update comment for clarity
* Revert previous code change now that we can use the new BuildLabelNamesIssueIDsCondition
* Don't sort repos by date in IssuesSearch API
After much debugging I've found a strange issue where in some cases MySQL will return a different result than other enigines if a query is sorted by a null collumn. For example with our integration test data where we don't set updated_unix in repository fixtures:
SELECT `id`, `owner_id`, `owner_name`, `lower_name`, `name`, `description`, `website`, `original_service_type`, `original_url`, `default_branch`, `num_watches`, `num_stars`, `num_forks`, `num_issues`, `num_closed_issues`, `num_pulls`, `num_closed_pulls`, `num_milestones`, `num_closed_milestones`, `is_private`, `is_empty`, `is_archived`, `is_mirror`, `status`, `is_fork`, `fork_id`, `is_template`, `template_id`, `size`, `is_fsck_enabled`, `close_issues_via_commit_in_any_branch`, `topics`, `avatar`, `created_unix`, `updated_unix` FROM `repository` ORDER BY updated_unix DESC LIMIT 15 OFFSET 45
Returns different results for MySQL than other engines. However, the similar query:
SELECT `id`, `owner_id`, `owner_name`, `lower_name`, `name`, `description`, `website`, `original_service_type`, `original_url`, `default_branch`, `num_watches`, `num_stars`, `num_forks`, `num_issues`, `num_closed_issues`, `num_pulls`, `num_closed_pulls`, `num_milestones`, `num_closed_milestones`, `is_private`, `is_empty`, `is_archived`, `is_mirror`, `status`, `is_fork`, `fork_id`, `is_template`, `template_id`, `size`, `is_fsck_enabled`, `close_issues_via_commit_in_any_branch`, `topics`, `avatar`, `created_unix`, `updated_unix` FROM `repository` ORDER BY updated_unix DESC LIMIT 15 OFFSET 30
Returns the same results.
This causes integration tests to fail on MySQL in certain cases but would never show up in a real installation. Since this API call always returns issues based on the optionally provided repo_priority_id or the issueID itself, there is no change to results by changing the repo sorting method used to get ids earlier in the function.
* linter is back!
* code review
* remove now unused option
* Fix newline at end of files
* more unused code
* update to master
* check for matching ids before query
* Update models/issue_label.go
Co-Authored-By: 6543 <6543@obermui.de>
* Update models/issue_label.go
* update comments
* Update routers/org/setting.go
Co-authored-by: Lauris BH <lauris@nix.lv>
Co-authored-by: guillep2k <18600385+guillep2k@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: 6543 <6543@obermui.de>
2020-04-01 07:14:46 +03:00
} )
2016-12-07 07:36:28 +03:00
m . Group ( "/hooks" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( org . ListHooks ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateHookOption { } ) , org . CreateHook )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( org . GetHook ) .
2019-07-03 08:31:29 +03:00
Patch ( bind ( api . EditHookOption { } ) , org . EditHook ) .
Delete ( org . DeleteHook )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , reqWebhooksEnabled ( ) )
2023-06-30 02:22:55 +03:00
m . Group ( "/avatar" , func ( ) {
m . Post ( "" , bind ( api . UpdateUserAvatarOption { } ) , org . UpdateAvatar )
m . Delete ( "" , org . DeleteAvatar )
} , reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) )
2023-04-04 16:35:31 +03:00
m . Get ( "/activities/feeds" , org . ListOrgActivityFeeds )
[MODERATION] User blocking
- Add the ability to block a user via their profile page.
- This will unstar their repositories and visa versa.
- Blocked users cannot create issues or pull requests on your the doer's repositories (mind that this is not the case for organizations).
- Blocked users cannot comment on the doer's opened issues or pull requests.
- Blocked users cannot add reactions to doer's comments.
- Blocked users cannot cause a notification trough mentioning the doer.
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/540
(cherry picked from commit 687d852480388897db4d7b0cb397cf7135ab97b1)
(cherry picked from commit 0c32a4fde531018f74e01d9db6520895fcfa10cc)
(cherry picked from commit 1791130e3cb8470b9b39742e0004d5e4c7d1e64d)
(cherry picked from commit 37858b7e8fb6ba6c6ea0ac2562285b3b144efa19)
(cherry picked from commit a3e2bfd7e9eab82cc2c17061f6bb4e386a108c46)
(cherry picked from commit 7009b9fe87696b6182fab65ae82bf5a25cd39971)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/user/profile.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit b2aec3479177e725cfc7cbbb9d94753226928d1c)
(cherry picked from commit e2f1b73752f6bd3f830297d8f4ac438837471226)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802)
- Resolves #476
- Follow up for: #540
- Ensure that the doer and blocked person cannot follow each other.
- Ensure that the block person cannot watch doer's repositories.
- Add unblock button to the blocked user list.
- Add blocked since information to the blocked user list.
- Add extra testing to moderation code.
- Blocked user will unwatch doer's owned repository upon blocking.
- Add flash messages to let the user know the block/unblock action was successful.
- Add "You haven't blocked any users" message.
- Add organization blocking a user.
Co-authored-by: Gusted <postmaster@gusted.xyz>
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/802
(cherry picked from commit 0505a1042197bd9136b58bc70ec7400a23471585)
(cherry picked from commit 37b4e6ef9b85e97d651cf350c9f3ea272ee8d76a)
(cherry picked from commit c17c121f2cf1f00e2a8d6fd6847705df47d0771e)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802) (squash)
Changes to adapt to:
6bbccdd177 Improve AJAX link and modal confirm dialog (#25210)
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882/files#issuecomment-945962
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882#issue-330561
(cherry picked from commit 523635f83cb2a1a4386769b79326088c5c4bbec7)
(cherry picked from commit 4743eaa6a0be0ef47de5b17c211dfe8bad1b7af9)
(cherry picked from commit eff5b43d2e843d5d537756d4fa58a8a010b6b527)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
(cherry picked from commit 9d359be5ed11237088ccf6328571939af814984e)
(cherry picked from commit b1f3069a22a03734cffbfcd503ce004ba47561b7)
[MODERATION] add user blocking API
- Follow up for: #540, #802
- Add API routes for user blocking from user and organization
perspective.
- The new routes have integration testing.
- The new model functions have unit tests.
- Actually quite boring to write and to read this pull request.
(cherry picked from commit f3afaf15c7e34038363c9ce8e1ef957ec1e22b06)
(cherry picked from commit 6d754db3e5faff93a58fab2867737f81f40f6599)
(cherry picked from commit 2a89ddc0acffa9aea0f02b721934ef9e2b496a88)
(cherry picked from commit 4a147bff7e963ab9dffcfaefa5c2c01c59b4c732)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/api.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit bb8c33918569f65f25b014f0d7fe6ac20f9036fc)
(cherry picked from commit 5a11569a011b7d0a14391e2b5c07d0af825d7b0e)
(cherry picked from commit 2373c801ee6b84c368b498b16e6ad18650b38f42)
[MODERATION] restore redirect on unblock
ctx.RedirectToFirst(ctx.FormString("redirect_to"), ctx.ContextUser.HomeLink())
was replaced by
ctx.JSONOK()
in 128d77a3a Following up fixes for "Fix inconsistent user profile layout across tabs" (#25739)
thus changing the behavior (nicely spotted by the tests). This
restores it.
(cherry picked from commit 597c243707c3c86e7256faf1e6ba727224554de3)
(cherry picked from commit cfa539e590127b4b953b010fba3dea21c82a1714)
[MODERATION] Add test case (squash)
- Add an test case, to test an property of the function.
(cherry picked from commit 70dadb1916bfef8ba8cbc4e9b042cc8740f45e28)
[MODERATION] Block adding collaborators
- Ensure that the doer and blocked user cannot add each other as
collaborators to repositories.
- The Web UI gets an detailed message of the specific situation, the API
gets an generic Forbidden code.
- Unit tests has been added.
- Integration testing for Web and API has been added.
- This commit doesn't introduce removing each other as collaborators on
the block action, due to the complexity of database calls that needs to
be figured out. That deserves its own commit and test code.
(cherry picked from commit 747be949a1b3cd06f6586512f1af4630e55d7ad4)
[MODERATION] move locale_en-US.ini strings to avoid conflicts
Conflicts:
web_src/css/org.css
web_src/css/user.css
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1180
(cherry picked from commit e53f955c888ebaafc863a6e463da87f70f5605da)
Conflicts:
services/issue/comments.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1212
(cherry picked from commit b4a454b576eee0c7738b2f7df1acaf5bf7810d12)
Conflicts:
models/forgejo_migrations/migrate.go
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
services/pull/pull.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1264
[MODERATION] Remove blocked user collaborations with doer
- When the doer blocks an user, who is also an collaborator on an
repository that the doer owns, remove that collaboration.
- Added unit tests.
- Refactor the unit test to be more organized.
(cherry picked from commit ec8701617830152680d69d50d64cb43cc2054a89)
(cherry picked from commit 313e6174d832501c57724ae7a6285194b7b81aab)
[MODERATION] QoL improvements (squash)
- Ensure that organisations cannot be blocked. It currently has no
effect, as all blocked operations cannot be executed from an
organisation standpoint.
- Refactored the API route to make use of the `UserAssignmentAPI`
middleware.
- Make more use of `t.Run` so that the test code is more clear about
which block of code belongs to which test case.
- Added more integration testing (to ensure the organisations cannot be
blocked and some authorization/permission checks).
(cherry picked from commit e9d638d0756ee20b6bf1eb999c988533a5066a68)
[MODERATION] s/{{avatar/{{ctx.AvatarUtils.Avatar/
(cherry picked from commit ce8b30be1327ab98df2ba061dd7e2a278b278c5b)
(cherry picked from commit f911dc402508b04cd5d5fb2f3332c2d640e4556e)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1354
(cherry picked from commit c1b37b7fdaf06ee60da341dff76d703990c08082)
(cherry picked from commit 856a2e09036adf56d987c6eee364c431bc37fb2e)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation
- When someone is blocked by the repository owner or issue poster and
try to comment on that issue, they get shown a graceful error.
- Adds integration test.
(cherry picked from commit 490646302e1e3dc3c59c9d75938b4647b6873ce7)
(cherry picked from commit d3d88667cbb928a6ff80658eba8ef0c6c508c9e0)
(cherry picked from commit 6818de13a921753e082b7c3d64c23917cc884e4b)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation (squash) typo
(cherry picked from commit 1588d4834a37a744f092f2aeea6c9ef4795d7356)
(cherry picked from commit d510ea52d091503e841d66f2f604348add8b4535)
(cherry picked from commit 8249e93a14f628bb0e89fe3be678e4966539944e)
[MODERATION] Refactor integration testing (squash)
- Motivation for this PR is that I'd noticed that a lot of repeated
calls are happening between the test functions and that certain tests
weren't using helper functions like `GetCSRF`, therefor this refactor of
the integration tests to keep it: clean, small and hopefully more
maintainable and understandable.
- There are now three integration tests: `TestBlockUser`,
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` and `TestBlockActions` (and has been
moved in that order in the source code).
- `TestBlockUser` is for doing blocking related actions as an user and
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` as an organisation, even though they
execute the same kind of tests they do not share any database calls or
logic and therefor it currently doesn't make sense to merge them
together (hopefully such oppurtinutiy might be presented in the future).
- `TestBlockActions` now contain all tests for actions that should be
blocked after blocking has happened, most tests now share the same doer
and blocked users and a extra fixture has been added to make this
possible for the comment test.
- Less code, more comments and more re-use between tests.
(cherry picked from commit ffb393213d2f1269aad3c019d039cf60d0fe4b10)
(cherry picked from commit 85505e0f815fede589c272d301c95204f9596985)
(cherry picked from commit 0f3cf17761f6caedb17550f69de96990c2090af1)
[MODERATION] Fix network error (squash)
- Fix network error toast messages on user actions such as follow and
unfollow. This happened because the javascript code now expects an JSON
to be returned, but this wasn't the case due to
cfa539e590127b4953b010fba3dea21c82a1714.
- The integration testing has been adjusted to instead test for the
returned flash cookie.
(cherry picked from commit 112bc25e548d317a4ee00f9efa9068794a733e3b)
(cherry picked from commit 1194fe4899eb39dcb9a2410032ad0cc67a62b92b)
(cherry picked from commit 9abb95a8441e227874fe156095349a3173cc5a81)
[MODERATION] Modernize frontend (squash)
- Unify blocked users list.
- Use the new flex list classes for blocked users list to avoid using
the CSS helper classes and thereby be consistent in the design.
- Fix the modal by using the new modal class.
- Remove the icon in the modal as looks too big in the new design.
- Fix avatar not displaying as it was passing the context where the user
should've been passed.
- Don't use italics for 'Blocked since' text.
- Use namelink template to display the user's name and homelink.
(cherry picked from commit ec935a16a319b14e819ead828d1d9875280d9259)
(cherry picked from commit 67f37c83461aa393c53a799918e9708cb9b89b30)
Conflicts:
models/user/follow.go
models/user/user_test.go
routers/api/v1/user/follower.go
routers/web/shared/user/header.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1468
(cherry picked from commit 6a9626839c6342cd2767ea12757ee2f78eaf443b)
Conflicts:
tests/integration/api_nodeinfo_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508#issuecomment-1242385
(cherry picked from commit 7378b251b481ed1e60e816caf8f649e8397ee5fc)
Conflicts:
models/fixtures/watch.yml
models/issues/reaction.go
models/issues/reaction_test.go
routers/api/v1/repo/issue_reaction.go
routers/web/repo/issue.go
services/issue/issue.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1547
(cherry picked from commit c2028930c101223820de0bbafc318e9394c347b8)
(cherry picked from commit d3f9134aeeef784586e8412e8dbba0a8fceb0cd4)
(cherry picked from commit 7afe154c5c40bcc65accdf51c9224b2f7627a684)
(cherry picked from commit 99ac7353eb1e834a77fe42aa89208791cc2364ff)
(cherry picked from commit a9cde00c5c25ea8c427967cb7ab57abb618e44cb)
Conflicts:
services/user/delete.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1736
(cherry picked from commit 008c0cc63d1a3b8eb694bffbf77a7b25c56afd57)
[DEADCODE] add exceptions
(cherry picked from commit 12ddd2b10e3309f6430b0af42855c6af832832ee)
[MODERATION] Remove deadcode (squash)
- Remove deadcode that's no longer used by Forgejo.
(cherry picked from commit 0faeab4fa9b0aa59f86760b24ecbc07815026c82)
[MODERATION] Add repo transfers to blocked functionality (squash)
- When someone gets blocked, remove all pending repository transfers
from the blocked user to the doer.
- Do not allow to start transferring repositories to the doer as blocked user.
- Added unit testing.
- Added integration testing.
(cherry picked from commit 8a3caac33013482ddbee2fa51510c6918ba54466)
(cherry picked from commit a92b4cfeb63b90eb2d90d0feb51cec62e0502d84)
(cherry picked from commit acaaaf07d999974dbe5f9c5e792621c597bfb542)
(cherry picked from commit 735818863c1793aa6f6983afedc4bd3b36026ca5)
(cherry picked from commit f50fa43b32160d0d88eca1dbdca09b5f575fb62b)
(cherry picked from commit e16683643388fb3c60ea478f1419a6af4f4aa283)
(cherry picked from commit 82a0e4a3814a66ce44be6a031bdf08484586c61b)
(cherry picked from commit ff233c19c4a5edcc2b99a6f41a2d19dbe8c08b3b)
(cherry picked from commit 8ad87d215f2b6adb978de77e53ba2bf7ea571430)
[MODERATION] Fix unblock action (squash)
- Pass the whole context instead of only giving pieces.
- This fixes CSRF not correctly being inserted into the unblock buttons.
(cherry picked from commit 2aa51922ba6a0ea2f8644277baa74fc8f34ab95a)
(cherry picked from commit 7ee8db0f018340bc97f125415503e3e5db5f5082)
(cherry picked from commit e4f8b999bcd3b68b3ef7f54f5b17c3ada0308121)
(cherry picked from commit 05aea60b1302bbd3ea574a9c6c34e1005a5d73bf)
(cherry picked from commit dc0d61b012cfaf2385f71e97cda5f220b58b9fa4)
(cherry picked from commit f53fa583de671ff60a0a1d0f3ab8c260e1ba4e1f)
(cherry picked from commit c65b89a58d11b32009c710c2f5e75f0cd3539395)
(cherry picked from commit 69e50b9969db3ab71cefaed520757876a9629a5c)
(cherry picked from commit ec127440b86cb5fcf51799d8bd76a9fd6b9cebcc)
[MODERATION] cope with shared fixtures
* There is one more issue in the fixtures and this breaks some tests
* The users in the shared fixtures were renamed for clarity and that
breaks some tests
(cherry picked from commit 707a4edbdf67d0eb168d7bb430cf85dd8cd63c52)
Conflicts:
modules/indexer/issues/indexer_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508
(cherry picked from commit 82cc044366c749df80ffad44eed2988b8e64211e)
(cherry picked from commit 2776aec7e85850f1d7f01a090a72491550fb9d29)
(cherry picked from commit 1fbde36dc784b5b2cc6193f02ff0d436b0f2a629)
(cherry picked from commit 1293db3c4e5df218501f5add9f9d41101ffcb8aa)
(cherry picked from commit 6476802175bac3ef78dd8f24ff6bebc16f398a78)
(cherry picked from commit 5740f2fc830356acb7929a02fe304008b94a0ca5)
(cherry picked from commit afc12d7b6e9b773fa89718aa79cd95c0e0ce4406)
[MODERATION] Fix transfer confirmation (squash)
- Fix problem caused by the clearer confirmation for dangerous actions commit.
(cherry picked from commit 3488f4a9cb1f7f73103ae0017d644f13ca3ab798)
(cherry picked from commit ed7de91f6ace23a1459bc6552edf719d62c7c941)
(cherry picked from commit 2d97929b9b7b8d979eb12bf0994d3f169d41f7fd)
(cherry picked from commit 50d035a7b058b9c4486c38cd4be0b02a4e1bf4d9)
(cherry picked from commit 0a0c07d78a1dee3489b97ab359bb957e3f7fb94b)
(cherry picked from commit 85e55c4dbc2f513f3d5254dac20915e8c3c22886)
(cherry picked from commit d8282122ad6e8b497de35d1ed89e3093a2cd5ee2)
(cherry picked from commit 3f0b3b6cc582c3d672d371dd9fe1203a56cb88c0)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash)
(cherry picked from commit 4f529d9596ffbfc4e754c28830ba028f6344dc5b)
(cherry picked from commit f0e3acadd321fcb99e8ea3e3ce1c69df25c4ca4d)
(cherry picked from commit 682c4effe69dc0d4ed304fa7ce6259d9ce573629)
(cherry picked from commit e43c2d84fd4b6fd31e2370cec1034262d12e5c34)
(cherry picked from commit 9c8e53ccc78053026e4f667889959c23c8d95934)
(cherry picked from commit a9eb7ac783b2c16ee3702a88203bf857cb4147fc)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash) revert shared fixtures workarounds
(cherry picked from commit 7224653a40e32186892e89bfedd49edecf5b8f81)
(cherry picked from commit aa6e8672f9473a9100e7575051dec9eda37709a0)
(cherry picked from commit 58c7947e95648f50237ddcd46b6bd025b224a70f)
(cherry picked from commit f1aacb1851b232082febcd7870a40a56de3855a6)
(cherry picked from commit 0bf174af87f7de9a8d869304f709e2bf41f3dde9)
(cherry picked from commit f9706f4335df3b7688ed60853d917efa72fb464a)
[MODERATION] Prepare moderation for context locale changes (squash)
- Resolves https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/issues/1711
(cherry picked from commit 2e289baea943dcece88f02d110b03d344308a261)
(cherry picked from commit 97b16bc19ae680db62608d6020b00fe5ac451c60)
[MODERATION] User blocking (squash) do not use shared fixture
It conflicts with a fixtured added in the commit
Fix comment permissions (#28213) (#28216)
(cherry picked from commit ab40799dcab24e9f495d765268b791931da81684)
(cherry picked from commit 996c92cafdb5b33a6d2d05d94038e950d97eb7de)
(cherry picked from commit 259912e3a69071c5ad57871464d0b79f69a8e72c)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1921
(cherry picked from commit 1e82abc032c18015b92c93a7617a5dd06d50bd2d)
(cherry picked from commit a176fee1607d571b25b345184f1c50d403029610)
(cherry picked from commit 0480b76dfeda968849e900da9454a3efd82590fa)
(cherry picked from commit 4bc06b7b3841c74e3d790b1ef635c2b382ca7123)
(cherry picked from commit 073094cf722a927a623408d66537c758d7d64e4c)
(cherry picked from commit ac6201c647a4d3a2cfb2b0303b851a8fe7a29444)
(cherry picked from commit 7e0812674da3fbd1e96bdda820962edad6826fbd)
(cherry picked from commit 068c741e5696957710b3d1c2e18c00be2ffaa278)
Conflicts:
models/repo_transfer.go
models/repo_transfer_test.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/2298
2023-08-15 02:07:38 +03:00
feat(quota): Humble beginnings of a quota engine
This is an implementation of a quota engine, and the API routes to
manage its settings. This does *not* contain any enforcement code: this
is just the bedrock, the engine itself.
The goal of the engine is to be flexible and future proof: to be nimble
enough to build on it further, without having to rewrite large parts of
it.
It might feel a little more complicated than necessary, because the goal
was to be able to support scenarios only very few Forgejo instances
need, scenarios the vast majority of mostly smaller instances simply do
not care about. The goal is to support both big and small, and for that,
we need a solid, flexible foundation.
There are thee big parts to the engine: counting quota use, setting
limits, and evaluating whether the usage is within the limits. Sounds
simple on paper, less so in practice!
Quota counting
==============
Quota is counted based on repo ownership, whenever possible, because
repo owners are in ultimate control over the resources they use: they
can delete repos, attachments, everything, even if they don't *own*
those themselves. They can clean up, and will always have the permission
and access required to do so. Would we count quota based on the owning
user, that could lead to situations where a user is unable to free up
space, because they uploaded a big attachment to a repo that has been
taken private since. It's both more fair, and much safer to count quota
against repo owners.
This means that if user A uploads an attachment to an issue opened
against organization O, that will count towards the quota of
organization O, rather than user A.
One's quota usage stats can be queried using the `/user/quota` API
endpoint. To figure out what's eating into it, the
`/user/repos?order_by=size`, `/user/quota/attachments`,
`/user/quota/artifacts`, and `/user/quota/packages` endpoints should be
consulted. There's also `/user/quota/check?subject=<...>` to check
whether the signed-in user is within a particular quota limit.
Quotas are counted based on sizes stored in the database.
Setting quota limits
====================
There are different "subjects" one can limit usage for. At this time,
only size-based limits are implemented, which are:
- `size:all`: As the name would imply, the total size of everything
Forgejo tracks.
- `size:repos:all`: The total size of all repositories (not including
LFS).
- `size:repos:public`: The total size of all public repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:repos:private`: The total size of all private repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:git:all`: The total size of all git data (including all
repositories, and LFS).
- `size:git:lfs`: The size of all git LFS data (either in private or
public repos).
- `size:assets:all`: The size of all assets tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:all`: The size of all kinds of attachments
tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:issues`: Size of all attachments attached to
issues, including issue comments.
- `size:assets:attachments:releases`: Size of all attachments attached
to releases. This does *not* include automatically generated archives.
- `size:assets:artifacts`: Size of all Action artifacts.
- `size:assets:packages:all`: Size of all Packages.
- `size:wiki`: Wiki size
Wiki size is currently not tracked, and the engine will always deem it
within quota.
These subjects are built into Rules, which set a limit on *all* subjects
within a rule. Thus, we can create a rule that says: "1Gb limit on all
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, combined". For a rule to
stand, the total sum of all subjects must be below the rule's limit.
Rules are in turn collected into groups. A group is just a name, and a
list of rules. For a group to stand, all of its rules must stand. Thus,
if we have a group with two rules, one that sets a combined 1Gb limit on
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, and another rule that sets a
256Mb limit on packages, if the user has 512Mb of packages, the group
will not stand, because the second rule deems it over quota. Similarly,
if the user has only 128Mb of packages, but 900Mb of release assets, the
group will not stand, because the combined size of packages and release
assets is over the 1Gb limit of the first rule.
Groups themselves are collected into Group Lists. A group list stands
when *any* of the groups within stand. This allows an administrator to
set conservative defaults, but then place select users into additional
groups that increase some aspect of their limits.
To top it off, it is possible to set the default quota groups a user
belongs to in `app.ini`. If there's no explicit assignment, the engine
will use the default groups. This makes it possible to avoid having to
assign each and every user a list of quota groups, and only those need
to be explicitly assigned who need a different set of groups than the
defaults.
If a user has any quota groups assigned to them, the default list will
not be considered for them.
The management APIs
===================
This commit contains the engine itself, its unit tests, and the quota
management APIs. It does not contain any enforcement.
The APIs are documented in-code, and in the swagger docs, and the
integration tests can serve as an example on how to use them.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:25:41 +03:00
if setting . Quota . Enabled {
m . Group ( "/quota" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , org . GetQuota )
m . Get ( "/check" , org . CheckQuota )
m . Get ( "/attachments" , org . ListQuotaAttachments )
m . Get ( "/packages" , org . ListQuotaPackages )
m . Get ( "/artifacts" , org . ListQuotaArtifacts )
} , reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) )
}
[MODERATION] User blocking
- Add the ability to block a user via their profile page.
- This will unstar their repositories and visa versa.
- Blocked users cannot create issues or pull requests on your the doer's repositories (mind that this is not the case for organizations).
- Blocked users cannot comment on the doer's opened issues or pull requests.
- Blocked users cannot add reactions to doer's comments.
- Blocked users cannot cause a notification trough mentioning the doer.
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/540
(cherry picked from commit 687d852480388897db4d7b0cb397cf7135ab97b1)
(cherry picked from commit 0c32a4fde531018f74e01d9db6520895fcfa10cc)
(cherry picked from commit 1791130e3cb8470b9b39742e0004d5e4c7d1e64d)
(cherry picked from commit 37858b7e8fb6ba6c6ea0ac2562285b3b144efa19)
(cherry picked from commit a3e2bfd7e9eab82cc2c17061f6bb4e386a108c46)
(cherry picked from commit 7009b9fe87696b6182fab65ae82bf5a25cd39971)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/user/profile.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit b2aec3479177e725cfc7cbbb9d94753226928d1c)
(cherry picked from commit e2f1b73752f6bd3f830297d8f4ac438837471226)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802)
- Resolves #476
- Follow up for: #540
- Ensure that the doer and blocked person cannot follow each other.
- Ensure that the block person cannot watch doer's repositories.
- Add unblock button to the blocked user list.
- Add blocked since information to the blocked user list.
- Add extra testing to moderation code.
- Blocked user will unwatch doer's owned repository upon blocking.
- Add flash messages to let the user know the block/unblock action was successful.
- Add "You haven't blocked any users" message.
- Add organization blocking a user.
Co-authored-by: Gusted <postmaster@gusted.xyz>
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/802
(cherry picked from commit 0505a1042197bd9136b58bc70ec7400a23471585)
(cherry picked from commit 37b4e6ef9b85e97d651cf350c9f3ea272ee8d76a)
(cherry picked from commit c17c121f2cf1f00e2a8d6fd6847705df47d0771e)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802) (squash)
Changes to adapt to:
6bbccdd177 Improve AJAX link and modal confirm dialog (#25210)
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882/files#issuecomment-945962
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882#issue-330561
(cherry picked from commit 523635f83cb2a1a4386769b79326088c5c4bbec7)
(cherry picked from commit 4743eaa6a0be0ef47de5b17c211dfe8bad1b7af9)
(cherry picked from commit eff5b43d2e843d5d537756d4fa58a8a010b6b527)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
(cherry picked from commit 9d359be5ed11237088ccf6328571939af814984e)
(cherry picked from commit b1f3069a22a03734cffbfcd503ce004ba47561b7)
[MODERATION] add user blocking API
- Follow up for: #540, #802
- Add API routes for user blocking from user and organization
perspective.
- The new routes have integration testing.
- The new model functions have unit tests.
- Actually quite boring to write and to read this pull request.
(cherry picked from commit f3afaf15c7e34038363c9ce8e1ef957ec1e22b06)
(cherry picked from commit 6d754db3e5faff93a58fab2867737f81f40f6599)
(cherry picked from commit 2a89ddc0acffa9aea0f02b721934ef9e2b496a88)
(cherry picked from commit 4a147bff7e963ab9dffcfaefa5c2c01c59b4c732)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/api.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit bb8c33918569f65f25b014f0d7fe6ac20f9036fc)
(cherry picked from commit 5a11569a011b7d0a14391e2b5c07d0af825d7b0e)
(cherry picked from commit 2373c801ee6b84c368b498b16e6ad18650b38f42)
[MODERATION] restore redirect on unblock
ctx.RedirectToFirst(ctx.FormString("redirect_to"), ctx.ContextUser.HomeLink())
was replaced by
ctx.JSONOK()
in 128d77a3a Following up fixes for "Fix inconsistent user profile layout across tabs" (#25739)
thus changing the behavior (nicely spotted by the tests). This
restores it.
(cherry picked from commit 597c243707c3c86e7256faf1e6ba727224554de3)
(cherry picked from commit cfa539e590127b4b953b010fba3dea21c82a1714)
[MODERATION] Add test case (squash)
- Add an test case, to test an property of the function.
(cherry picked from commit 70dadb1916bfef8ba8cbc4e9b042cc8740f45e28)
[MODERATION] Block adding collaborators
- Ensure that the doer and blocked user cannot add each other as
collaborators to repositories.
- The Web UI gets an detailed message of the specific situation, the API
gets an generic Forbidden code.
- Unit tests has been added.
- Integration testing for Web and API has been added.
- This commit doesn't introduce removing each other as collaborators on
the block action, due to the complexity of database calls that needs to
be figured out. That deserves its own commit and test code.
(cherry picked from commit 747be949a1b3cd06f6586512f1af4630e55d7ad4)
[MODERATION] move locale_en-US.ini strings to avoid conflicts
Conflicts:
web_src/css/org.css
web_src/css/user.css
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1180
(cherry picked from commit e53f955c888ebaafc863a6e463da87f70f5605da)
Conflicts:
services/issue/comments.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1212
(cherry picked from commit b4a454b576eee0c7738b2f7df1acaf5bf7810d12)
Conflicts:
models/forgejo_migrations/migrate.go
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
services/pull/pull.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1264
[MODERATION] Remove blocked user collaborations with doer
- When the doer blocks an user, who is also an collaborator on an
repository that the doer owns, remove that collaboration.
- Added unit tests.
- Refactor the unit test to be more organized.
(cherry picked from commit ec8701617830152680d69d50d64cb43cc2054a89)
(cherry picked from commit 313e6174d832501c57724ae7a6285194b7b81aab)
[MODERATION] QoL improvements (squash)
- Ensure that organisations cannot be blocked. It currently has no
effect, as all blocked operations cannot be executed from an
organisation standpoint.
- Refactored the API route to make use of the `UserAssignmentAPI`
middleware.
- Make more use of `t.Run` so that the test code is more clear about
which block of code belongs to which test case.
- Added more integration testing (to ensure the organisations cannot be
blocked and some authorization/permission checks).
(cherry picked from commit e9d638d0756ee20b6bf1eb999c988533a5066a68)
[MODERATION] s/{{avatar/{{ctx.AvatarUtils.Avatar/
(cherry picked from commit ce8b30be1327ab98df2ba061dd7e2a278b278c5b)
(cherry picked from commit f911dc402508b04cd5d5fb2f3332c2d640e4556e)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1354
(cherry picked from commit c1b37b7fdaf06ee60da341dff76d703990c08082)
(cherry picked from commit 856a2e09036adf56d987c6eee364c431bc37fb2e)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation
- When someone is blocked by the repository owner or issue poster and
try to comment on that issue, they get shown a graceful error.
- Adds integration test.
(cherry picked from commit 490646302e1e3dc3c59c9d75938b4647b6873ce7)
(cherry picked from commit d3d88667cbb928a6ff80658eba8ef0c6c508c9e0)
(cherry picked from commit 6818de13a921753e082b7c3d64c23917cc884e4b)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation (squash) typo
(cherry picked from commit 1588d4834a37a744f092f2aeea6c9ef4795d7356)
(cherry picked from commit d510ea52d091503e841d66f2f604348add8b4535)
(cherry picked from commit 8249e93a14f628bb0e89fe3be678e4966539944e)
[MODERATION] Refactor integration testing (squash)
- Motivation for this PR is that I'd noticed that a lot of repeated
calls are happening between the test functions and that certain tests
weren't using helper functions like `GetCSRF`, therefor this refactor of
the integration tests to keep it: clean, small and hopefully more
maintainable and understandable.
- There are now three integration tests: `TestBlockUser`,
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` and `TestBlockActions` (and has been
moved in that order in the source code).
- `TestBlockUser` is for doing blocking related actions as an user and
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` as an organisation, even though they
execute the same kind of tests they do not share any database calls or
logic and therefor it currently doesn't make sense to merge them
together (hopefully such oppurtinutiy might be presented in the future).
- `TestBlockActions` now contain all tests for actions that should be
blocked after blocking has happened, most tests now share the same doer
and blocked users and a extra fixture has been added to make this
possible for the comment test.
- Less code, more comments and more re-use between tests.
(cherry picked from commit ffb393213d2f1269aad3c019d039cf60d0fe4b10)
(cherry picked from commit 85505e0f815fede589c272d301c95204f9596985)
(cherry picked from commit 0f3cf17761f6caedb17550f69de96990c2090af1)
[MODERATION] Fix network error (squash)
- Fix network error toast messages on user actions such as follow and
unfollow. This happened because the javascript code now expects an JSON
to be returned, but this wasn't the case due to
cfa539e590127b4953b010fba3dea21c82a1714.
- The integration testing has been adjusted to instead test for the
returned flash cookie.
(cherry picked from commit 112bc25e548d317a4ee00f9efa9068794a733e3b)
(cherry picked from commit 1194fe4899eb39dcb9a2410032ad0cc67a62b92b)
(cherry picked from commit 9abb95a8441e227874fe156095349a3173cc5a81)
[MODERATION] Modernize frontend (squash)
- Unify blocked users list.
- Use the new flex list classes for blocked users list to avoid using
the CSS helper classes and thereby be consistent in the design.
- Fix the modal by using the new modal class.
- Remove the icon in the modal as looks too big in the new design.
- Fix avatar not displaying as it was passing the context where the user
should've been passed.
- Don't use italics for 'Blocked since' text.
- Use namelink template to display the user's name and homelink.
(cherry picked from commit ec935a16a319b14e819ead828d1d9875280d9259)
(cherry picked from commit 67f37c83461aa393c53a799918e9708cb9b89b30)
Conflicts:
models/user/follow.go
models/user/user_test.go
routers/api/v1/user/follower.go
routers/web/shared/user/header.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1468
(cherry picked from commit 6a9626839c6342cd2767ea12757ee2f78eaf443b)
Conflicts:
tests/integration/api_nodeinfo_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508#issuecomment-1242385
(cherry picked from commit 7378b251b481ed1e60e816caf8f649e8397ee5fc)
Conflicts:
models/fixtures/watch.yml
models/issues/reaction.go
models/issues/reaction_test.go
routers/api/v1/repo/issue_reaction.go
routers/web/repo/issue.go
services/issue/issue.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1547
(cherry picked from commit c2028930c101223820de0bbafc318e9394c347b8)
(cherry picked from commit d3f9134aeeef784586e8412e8dbba0a8fceb0cd4)
(cherry picked from commit 7afe154c5c40bcc65accdf51c9224b2f7627a684)
(cherry picked from commit 99ac7353eb1e834a77fe42aa89208791cc2364ff)
(cherry picked from commit a9cde00c5c25ea8c427967cb7ab57abb618e44cb)
Conflicts:
services/user/delete.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1736
(cherry picked from commit 008c0cc63d1a3b8eb694bffbf77a7b25c56afd57)
[DEADCODE] add exceptions
(cherry picked from commit 12ddd2b10e3309f6430b0af42855c6af832832ee)
[MODERATION] Remove deadcode (squash)
- Remove deadcode that's no longer used by Forgejo.
(cherry picked from commit 0faeab4fa9b0aa59f86760b24ecbc07815026c82)
[MODERATION] Add repo transfers to blocked functionality (squash)
- When someone gets blocked, remove all pending repository transfers
from the blocked user to the doer.
- Do not allow to start transferring repositories to the doer as blocked user.
- Added unit testing.
- Added integration testing.
(cherry picked from commit 8a3caac33013482ddbee2fa51510c6918ba54466)
(cherry picked from commit a92b4cfeb63b90eb2d90d0feb51cec62e0502d84)
(cherry picked from commit acaaaf07d999974dbe5f9c5e792621c597bfb542)
(cherry picked from commit 735818863c1793aa6f6983afedc4bd3b36026ca5)
(cherry picked from commit f50fa43b32160d0d88eca1dbdca09b5f575fb62b)
(cherry picked from commit e16683643388fb3c60ea478f1419a6af4f4aa283)
(cherry picked from commit 82a0e4a3814a66ce44be6a031bdf08484586c61b)
(cherry picked from commit ff233c19c4a5edcc2b99a6f41a2d19dbe8c08b3b)
(cherry picked from commit 8ad87d215f2b6adb978de77e53ba2bf7ea571430)
[MODERATION] Fix unblock action (squash)
- Pass the whole context instead of only giving pieces.
- This fixes CSRF not correctly being inserted into the unblock buttons.
(cherry picked from commit 2aa51922ba6a0ea2f8644277baa74fc8f34ab95a)
(cherry picked from commit 7ee8db0f018340bc97f125415503e3e5db5f5082)
(cherry picked from commit e4f8b999bcd3b68b3ef7f54f5b17c3ada0308121)
(cherry picked from commit 05aea60b1302bbd3ea574a9c6c34e1005a5d73bf)
(cherry picked from commit dc0d61b012cfaf2385f71e97cda5f220b58b9fa4)
(cherry picked from commit f53fa583de671ff60a0a1d0f3ab8c260e1ba4e1f)
(cherry picked from commit c65b89a58d11b32009c710c2f5e75f0cd3539395)
(cherry picked from commit 69e50b9969db3ab71cefaed520757876a9629a5c)
(cherry picked from commit ec127440b86cb5fcf51799d8bd76a9fd6b9cebcc)
[MODERATION] cope with shared fixtures
* There is one more issue in the fixtures and this breaks some tests
* The users in the shared fixtures were renamed for clarity and that
breaks some tests
(cherry picked from commit 707a4edbdf67d0eb168d7bb430cf85dd8cd63c52)
Conflicts:
modules/indexer/issues/indexer_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508
(cherry picked from commit 82cc044366c749df80ffad44eed2988b8e64211e)
(cherry picked from commit 2776aec7e85850f1d7f01a090a72491550fb9d29)
(cherry picked from commit 1fbde36dc784b5b2cc6193f02ff0d436b0f2a629)
(cherry picked from commit 1293db3c4e5df218501f5add9f9d41101ffcb8aa)
(cherry picked from commit 6476802175bac3ef78dd8f24ff6bebc16f398a78)
(cherry picked from commit 5740f2fc830356acb7929a02fe304008b94a0ca5)
(cherry picked from commit afc12d7b6e9b773fa89718aa79cd95c0e0ce4406)
[MODERATION] Fix transfer confirmation (squash)
- Fix problem caused by the clearer confirmation for dangerous actions commit.
(cherry picked from commit 3488f4a9cb1f7f73103ae0017d644f13ca3ab798)
(cherry picked from commit ed7de91f6ace23a1459bc6552edf719d62c7c941)
(cherry picked from commit 2d97929b9b7b8d979eb12bf0994d3f169d41f7fd)
(cherry picked from commit 50d035a7b058b9c4486c38cd4be0b02a4e1bf4d9)
(cherry picked from commit 0a0c07d78a1dee3489b97ab359bb957e3f7fb94b)
(cherry picked from commit 85e55c4dbc2f513f3d5254dac20915e8c3c22886)
(cherry picked from commit d8282122ad6e8b497de35d1ed89e3093a2cd5ee2)
(cherry picked from commit 3f0b3b6cc582c3d672d371dd9fe1203a56cb88c0)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash)
(cherry picked from commit 4f529d9596ffbfc4e754c28830ba028f6344dc5b)
(cherry picked from commit f0e3acadd321fcb99e8ea3e3ce1c69df25c4ca4d)
(cherry picked from commit 682c4effe69dc0d4ed304fa7ce6259d9ce573629)
(cherry picked from commit e43c2d84fd4b6fd31e2370cec1034262d12e5c34)
(cherry picked from commit 9c8e53ccc78053026e4f667889959c23c8d95934)
(cherry picked from commit a9eb7ac783b2c16ee3702a88203bf857cb4147fc)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash) revert shared fixtures workarounds
(cherry picked from commit 7224653a40e32186892e89bfedd49edecf5b8f81)
(cherry picked from commit aa6e8672f9473a9100e7575051dec9eda37709a0)
(cherry picked from commit 58c7947e95648f50237ddcd46b6bd025b224a70f)
(cherry picked from commit f1aacb1851b232082febcd7870a40a56de3855a6)
(cherry picked from commit 0bf174af87f7de9a8d869304f709e2bf41f3dde9)
(cherry picked from commit f9706f4335df3b7688ed60853d917efa72fb464a)
[MODERATION] Prepare moderation for context locale changes (squash)
- Resolves https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/issues/1711
(cherry picked from commit 2e289baea943dcece88f02d110b03d344308a261)
(cherry picked from commit 97b16bc19ae680db62608d6020b00fe5ac451c60)
[MODERATION] User blocking (squash) do not use shared fixture
It conflicts with a fixtured added in the commit
Fix comment permissions (#28213) (#28216)
(cherry picked from commit ab40799dcab24e9f495d765268b791931da81684)
(cherry picked from commit 996c92cafdb5b33a6d2d05d94038e950d97eb7de)
(cherry picked from commit 259912e3a69071c5ad57871464d0b79f69a8e72c)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1921
(cherry picked from commit 1e82abc032c18015b92c93a7617a5dd06d50bd2d)
(cherry picked from commit a176fee1607d571b25b345184f1c50d403029610)
(cherry picked from commit 0480b76dfeda968849e900da9454a3efd82590fa)
(cherry picked from commit 4bc06b7b3841c74e3d790b1ef635c2b382ca7123)
(cherry picked from commit 073094cf722a927a623408d66537c758d7d64e4c)
(cherry picked from commit ac6201c647a4d3a2cfb2b0303b851a8fe7a29444)
(cherry picked from commit 7e0812674da3fbd1e96bdda820962edad6826fbd)
(cherry picked from commit 068c741e5696957710b3d1c2e18c00be2ffaa278)
Conflicts:
models/repo_transfer.go
models/repo_transfer_test.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/2298
2023-08-15 02:07:38 +03:00
m . Group ( "" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/list_blocked" , org . ListBlockedUsers )
m . Group ( "" , func ( ) {
m . Put ( "/block/{username}" , org . BlockUser )
m . Put ( "/unblock/{username}" , org . UnblockUser )
2024-02-27 10:12:22 +03:00
} , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) )
[MODERATION] User blocking
- Add the ability to block a user via their profile page.
- This will unstar their repositories and visa versa.
- Blocked users cannot create issues or pull requests on your the doer's repositories (mind that this is not the case for organizations).
- Blocked users cannot comment on the doer's opened issues or pull requests.
- Blocked users cannot add reactions to doer's comments.
- Blocked users cannot cause a notification trough mentioning the doer.
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/540
(cherry picked from commit 687d852480388897db4d7b0cb397cf7135ab97b1)
(cherry picked from commit 0c32a4fde531018f74e01d9db6520895fcfa10cc)
(cherry picked from commit 1791130e3cb8470b9b39742e0004d5e4c7d1e64d)
(cherry picked from commit 37858b7e8fb6ba6c6ea0ac2562285b3b144efa19)
(cherry picked from commit a3e2bfd7e9eab82cc2c17061f6bb4e386a108c46)
(cherry picked from commit 7009b9fe87696b6182fab65ae82bf5a25cd39971)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/user/profile.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit b2aec3479177e725cfc7cbbb9d94753226928d1c)
(cherry picked from commit e2f1b73752f6bd3f830297d8f4ac438837471226)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802)
- Resolves #476
- Follow up for: #540
- Ensure that the doer and blocked person cannot follow each other.
- Ensure that the block person cannot watch doer's repositories.
- Add unblock button to the blocked user list.
- Add blocked since information to the blocked user list.
- Add extra testing to moderation code.
- Blocked user will unwatch doer's owned repository upon blocking.
- Add flash messages to let the user know the block/unblock action was successful.
- Add "You haven't blocked any users" message.
- Add organization blocking a user.
Co-authored-by: Gusted <postmaster@gusted.xyz>
Reviewed-on: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/802
(cherry picked from commit 0505a1042197bd9136b58bc70ec7400a23471585)
(cherry picked from commit 37b4e6ef9b85e97d651cf350c9f3ea272ee8d76a)
(cherry picked from commit c17c121f2cf1f00e2a8d6fd6847705df47d0771e)
[MODERATION] organization blocking a user (#802) (squash)
Changes to adapt to:
6bbccdd177 Improve AJAX link and modal confirm dialog (#25210)
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882/files#issuecomment-945962
Refs: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/882#issue-330561
(cherry picked from commit 523635f83cb2a1a4386769b79326088c5c4bbec7)
(cherry picked from commit 4743eaa6a0be0ef47de5b17c211dfe8bad1b7af9)
(cherry picked from commit eff5b43d2e843d5d537756d4fa58a8a010b6b527)
Conflicts: https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1014
routers/web/user/profile.go
(cherry picked from commit 9d359be5ed11237088ccf6328571939af814984e)
(cherry picked from commit b1f3069a22a03734cffbfcd503ce004ba47561b7)
[MODERATION] add user blocking API
- Follow up for: #540, #802
- Add API routes for user blocking from user and organization
perspective.
- The new routes have integration testing.
- The new model functions have unit tests.
- Actually quite boring to write and to read this pull request.
(cherry picked from commit f3afaf15c7e34038363c9ce8e1ef957ec1e22b06)
(cherry picked from commit 6d754db3e5faff93a58fab2867737f81f40f6599)
(cherry picked from commit 2a89ddc0acffa9aea0f02b721934ef9e2b496a88)
(cherry picked from commit 4a147bff7e963ab9dffcfaefa5c2c01c59b4c732)
Conflicts:
routers/api/v1/api.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
(cherry picked from commit bb8c33918569f65f25b014f0d7fe6ac20f9036fc)
(cherry picked from commit 5a11569a011b7d0a14391e2b5c07d0af825d7b0e)
(cherry picked from commit 2373c801ee6b84c368b498b16e6ad18650b38f42)
[MODERATION] restore redirect on unblock
ctx.RedirectToFirst(ctx.FormString("redirect_to"), ctx.ContextUser.HomeLink())
was replaced by
ctx.JSONOK()
in 128d77a3a Following up fixes for "Fix inconsistent user profile layout across tabs" (#25739)
thus changing the behavior (nicely spotted by the tests). This
restores it.
(cherry picked from commit 597c243707c3c86e7256faf1e6ba727224554de3)
(cherry picked from commit cfa539e590127b4b953b010fba3dea21c82a1714)
[MODERATION] Add test case (squash)
- Add an test case, to test an property of the function.
(cherry picked from commit 70dadb1916bfef8ba8cbc4e9b042cc8740f45e28)
[MODERATION] Block adding collaborators
- Ensure that the doer and blocked user cannot add each other as
collaborators to repositories.
- The Web UI gets an detailed message of the specific situation, the API
gets an generic Forbidden code.
- Unit tests has been added.
- Integration testing for Web and API has been added.
- This commit doesn't introduce removing each other as collaborators on
the block action, due to the complexity of database calls that needs to
be figured out. That deserves its own commit and test code.
(cherry picked from commit 747be949a1b3cd06f6586512f1af4630e55d7ad4)
[MODERATION] move locale_en-US.ini strings to avoid conflicts
Conflicts:
web_src/css/org.css
web_src/css/user.css
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1180
(cherry picked from commit e53f955c888ebaafc863a6e463da87f70f5605da)
Conflicts:
services/issue/comments.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1212
(cherry picked from commit b4a454b576eee0c7738b2f7df1acaf5bf7810d12)
Conflicts:
models/forgejo_migrations/migrate.go
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
services/pull/pull.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1264
[MODERATION] Remove blocked user collaborations with doer
- When the doer blocks an user, who is also an collaborator on an
repository that the doer owns, remove that collaboration.
- Added unit tests.
- Refactor the unit test to be more organized.
(cherry picked from commit ec8701617830152680d69d50d64cb43cc2054a89)
(cherry picked from commit 313e6174d832501c57724ae7a6285194b7b81aab)
[MODERATION] QoL improvements (squash)
- Ensure that organisations cannot be blocked. It currently has no
effect, as all blocked operations cannot be executed from an
organisation standpoint.
- Refactored the API route to make use of the `UserAssignmentAPI`
middleware.
- Make more use of `t.Run` so that the test code is more clear about
which block of code belongs to which test case.
- Added more integration testing (to ensure the organisations cannot be
blocked and some authorization/permission checks).
(cherry picked from commit e9d638d0756ee20b6bf1eb999c988533a5066a68)
[MODERATION] s/{{avatar/{{ctx.AvatarUtils.Avatar/
(cherry picked from commit ce8b30be1327ab98df2ba061dd7e2a278b278c5b)
(cherry picked from commit f911dc402508b04cd5d5fb2f3332c2d640e4556e)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1354
(cherry picked from commit c1b37b7fdaf06ee60da341dff76d703990c08082)
(cherry picked from commit 856a2e09036adf56d987c6eee364c431bc37fb2e)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation
- When someone is blocked by the repository owner or issue poster and
try to comment on that issue, they get shown a graceful error.
- Adds integration test.
(cherry picked from commit 490646302e1e3dc3c59c9d75938b4647b6873ce7)
(cherry picked from commit d3d88667cbb928a6ff80658eba8ef0c6c508c9e0)
(cherry picked from commit 6818de13a921753e082b7c3d64c23917cc884e4b)
[MODERATION] Show graceful error on comment creation (squash) typo
(cherry picked from commit 1588d4834a37a744f092f2aeea6c9ef4795d7356)
(cherry picked from commit d510ea52d091503e841d66f2f604348add8b4535)
(cherry picked from commit 8249e93a14f628bb0e89fe3be678e4966539944e)
[MODERATION] Refactor integration testing (squash)
- Motivation for this PR is that I'd noticed that a lot of repeated
calls are happening between the test functions and that certain tests
weren't using helper functions like `GetCSRF`, therefor this refactor of
the integration tests to keep it: clean, small and hopefully more
maintainable and understandable.
- There are now three integration tests: `TestBlockUser`,
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` and `TestBlockActions` (and has been
moved in that order in the source code).
- `TestBlockUser` is for doing blocking related actions as an user and
`TestBlockUserFromOrganization` as an organisation, even though they
execute the same kind of tests they do not share any database calls or
logic and therefor it currently doesn't make sense to merge them
together (hopefully such oppurtinutiy might be presented in the future).
- `TestBlockActions` now contain all tests for actions that should be
blocked after blocking has happened, most tests now share the same doer
and blocked users and a extra fixture has been added to make this
possible for the comment test.
- Less code, more comments and more re-use between tests.
(cherry picked from commit ffb393213d2f1269aad3c019d039cf60d0fe4b10)
(cherry picked from commit 85505e0f815fede589c272d301c95204f9596985)
(cherry picked from commit 0f3cf17761f6caedb17550f69de96990c2090af1)
[MODERATION] Fix network error (squash)
- Fix network error toast messages on user actions such as follow and
unfollow. This happened because the javascript code now expects an JSON
to be returned, but this wasn't the case due to
cfa539e590127b4953b010fba3dea21c82a1714.
- The integration testing has been adjusted to instead test for the
returned flash cookie.
(cherry picked from commit 112bc25e548d317a4ee00f9efa9068794a733e3b)
(cherry picked from commit 1194fe4899eb39dcb9a2410032ad0cc67a62b92b)
(cherry picked from commit 9abb95a8441e227874fe156095349a3173cc5a81)
[MODERATION] Modernize frontend (squash)
- Unify blocked users list.
- Use the new flex list classes for blocked users list to avoid using
the CSS helper classes and thereby be consistent in the design.
- Fix the modal by using the new modal class.
- Remove the icon in the modal as looks too big in the new design.
- Fix avatar not displaying as it was passing the context where the user
should've been passed.
- Don't use italics for 'Blocked since' text.
- Use namelink template to display the user's name and homelink.
(cherry picked from commit ec935a16a319b14e819ead828d1d9875280d9259)
(cherry picked from commit 67f37c83461aa393c53a799918e9708cb9b89b30)
Conflicts:
models/user/follow.go
models/user/user_test.go
routers/api/v1/user/follower.go
routers/web/shared/user/header.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1468
(cherry picked from commit 6a9626839c6342cd2767ea12757ee2f78eaf443b)
Conflicts:
tests/integration/api_nodeinfo_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508#issuecomment-1242385
(cherry picked from commit 7378b251b481ed1e60e816caf8f649e8397ee5fc)
Conflicts:
models/fixtures/watch.yml
models/issues/reaction.go
models/issues/reaction_test.go
routers/api/v1/repo/issue_reaction.go
routers/web/repo/issue.go
services/issue/issue.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1547
(cherry picked from commit c2028930c101223820de0bbafc318e9394c347b8)
(cherry picked from commit d3f9134aeeef784586e8412e8dbba0a8fceb0cd4)
(cherry picked from commit 7afe154c5c40bcc65accdf51c9224b2f7627a684)
(cherry picked from commit 99ac7353eb1e834a77fe42aa89208791cc2364ff)
(cherry picked from commit a9cde00c5c25ea8c427967cb7ab57abb618e44cb)
Conflicts:
services/user/delete.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1736
(cherry picked from commit 008c0cc63d1a3b8eb694bffbf77a7b25c56afd57)
[DEADCODE] add exceptions
(cherry picked from commit 12ddd2b10e3309f6430b0af42855c6af832832ee)
[MODERATION] Remove deadcode (squash)
- Remove deadcode that's no longer used by Forgejo.
(cherry picked from commit 0faeab4fa9b0aa59f86760b24ecbc07815026c82)
[MODERATION] Add repo transfers to blocked functionality (squash)
- When someone gets blocked, remove all pending repository transfers
from the blocked user to the doer.
- Do not allow to start transferring repositories to the doer as blocked user.
- Added unit testing.
- Added integration testing.
(cherry picked from commit 8a3caac33013482ddbee2fa51510c6918ba54466)
(cherry picked from commit a92b4cfeb63b90eb2d90d0feb51cec62e0502d84)
(cherry picked from commit acaaaf07d999974dbe5f9c5e792621c597bfb542)
(cherry picked from commit 735818863c1793aa6f6983afedc4bd3b36026ca5)
(cherry picked from commit f50fa43b32160d0d88eca1dbdca09b5f575fb62b)
(cherry picked from commit e16683643388fb3c60ea478f1419a6af4f4aa283)
(cherry picked from commit 82a0e4a3814a66ce44be6a031bdf08484586c61b)
(cherry picked from commit ff233c19c4a5edcc2b99a6f41a2d19dbe8c08b3b)
(cherry picked from commit 8ad87d215f2b6adb978de77e53ba2bf7ea571430)
[MODERATION] Fix unblock action (squash)
- Pass the whole context instead of only giving pieces.
- This fixes CSRF not correctly being inserted into the unblock buttons.
(cherry picked from commit 2aa51922ba6a0ea2f8644277baa74fc8f34ab95a)
(cherry picked from commit 7ee8db0f018340bc97f125415503e3e5db5f5082)
(cherry picked from commit e4f8b999bcd3b68b3ef7f54f5b17c3ada0308121)
(cherry picked from commit 05aea60b1302bbd3ea574a9c6c34e1005a5d73bf)
(cherry picked from commit dc0d61b012cfaf2385f71e97cda5f220b58b9fa4)
(cherry picked from commit f53fa583de671ff60a0a1d0f3ab8c260e1ba4e1f)
(cherry picked from commit c65b89a58d11b32009c710c2f5e75f0cd3539395)
(cherry picked from commit 69e50b9969db3ab71cefaed520757876a9629a5c)
(cherry picked from commit ec127440b86cb5fcf51799d8bd76a9fd6b9cebcc)
[MODERATION] cope with shared fixtures
* There is one more issue in the fixtures and this breaks some tests
* The users in the shared fixtures were renamed for clarity and that
breaks some tests
(cherry picked from commit 707a4edbdf67d0eb168d7bb430cf85dd8cd63c52)
Conflicts:
modules/indexer/issues/indexer_test.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1508
(cherry picked from commit 82cc044366c749df80ffad44eed2988b8e64211e)
(cherry picked from commit 2776aec7e85850f1d7f01a090a72491550fb9d29)
(cherry picked from commit 1fbde36dc784b5b2cc6193f02ff0d436b0f2a629)
(cherry picked from commit 1293db3c4e5df218501f5add9f9d41101ffcb8aa)
(cherry picked from commit 6476802175bac3ef78dd8f24ff6bebc16f398a78)
(cherry picked from commit 5740f2fc830356acb7929a02fe304008b94a0ca5)
(cherry picked from commit afc12d7b6e9b773fa89718aa79cd95c0e0ce4406)
[MODERATION] Fix transfer confirmation (squash)
- Fix problem caused by the clearer confirmation for dangerous actions commit.
(cherry picked from commit 3488f4a9cb1f7f73103ae0017d644f13ca3ab798)
(cherry picked from commit ed7de91f6ace23a1459bc6552edf719d62c7c941)
(cherry picked from commit 2d97929b9b7b8d979eb12bf0994d3f169d41f7fd)
(cherry picked from commit 50d035a7b058b9c4486c38cd4be0b02a4e1bf4d9)
(cherry picked from commit 0a0c07d78a1dee3489b97ab359bb957e3f7fb94b)
(cherry picked from commit 85e55c4dbc2f513f3d5254dac20915e8c3c22886)
(cherry picked from commit d8282122ad6e8b497de35d1ed89e3093a2cd5ee2)
(cherry picked from commit 3f0b3b6cc582c3d672d371dd9fe1203a56cb88c0)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash)
(cherry picked from commit 4f529d9596ffbfc4e754c28830ba028f6344dc5b)
(cherry picked from commit f0e3acadd321fcb99e8ea3e3ce1c69df25c4ca4d)
(cherry picked from commit 682c4effe69dc0d4ed304fa7ce6259d9ce573629)
(cherry picked from commit e43c2d84fd4b6fd31e2370cec1034262d12e5c34)
(cherry picked from commit 9c8e53ccc78053026e4f667889959c23c8d95934)
(cherry picked from commit a9eb7ac783b2c16ee3702a88203bf857cb4147fc)
[MODERATION] Purge issues on user deletion (squash) revert shared fixtures workarounds
(cherry picked from commit 7224653a40e32186892e89bfedd49edecf5b8f81)
(cherry picked from commit aa6e8672f9473a9100e7575051dec9eda37709a0)
(cherry picked from commit 58c7947e95648f50237ddcd46b6bd025b224a70f)
(cherry picked from commit f1aacb1851b232082febcd7870a40a56de3855a6)
(cherry picked from commit 0bf174af87f7de9a8d869304f709e2bf41f3dde9)
(cherry picked from commit f9706f4335df3b7688ed60853d917efa72fb464a)
[MODERATION] Prepare moderation for context locale changes (squash)
- Resolves https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/issues/1711
(cherry picked from commit 2e289baea943dcece88f02d110b03d344308a261)
(cherry picked from commit 97b16bc19ae680db62608d6020b00fe5ac451c60)
[MODERATION] User blocking (squash) do not use shared fixture
It conflicts with a fixtured added in the commit
Fix comment permissions (#28213) (#28216)
(cherry picked from commit ab40799dcab24e9f495d765268b791931da81684)
(cherry picked from commit 996c92cafdb5b33a6d2d05d94038e950d97eb7de)
(cherry picked from commit 259912e3a69071c5ad57871464d0b79f69a8e72c)
Conflicts:
options/locale/locale_en-US.ini
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/1921
(cherry picked from commit 1e82abc032c18015b92c93a7617a5dd06d50bd2d)
(cherry picked from commit a176fee1607d571b25b345184f1c50d403029610)
(cherry picked from commit 0480b76dfeda968849e900da9454a3efd82590fa)
(cherry picked from commit 4bc06b7b3841c74e3d790b1ef635c2b382ca7123)
(cherry picked from commit 073094cf722a927a623408d66537c758d7d64e4c)
(cherry picked from commit ac6201c647a4d3a2cfb2b0303b851a8fe7a29444)
(cherry picked from commit 7e0812674da3fbd1e96bdda820962edad6826fbd)
(cherry picked from commit 068c741e5696957710b3d1c2e18c00be2ffaa278)
Conflicts:
models/repo_transfer.go
models/repo_transfer_test.go
routers/web/user/profile.go
https://codeberg.org/forgejo/forgejo/pulls/2298
2023-08-15 02:07:38 +03:00
} , reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization ) , orgAssignment ( true ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/teams/{teamid}" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( reqToken ( ) , org . GetTeam ) .
Patch ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , bind ( api . EditTeamOption { } ) , org . EditTeam ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , org . DeleteTeam )
2017-01-20 08:16:10 +03:00
m . Group ( "/members" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , reqToken ( ) , org . GetTeamMembers )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{username}" ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Get ( reqToken ( ) , org . GetTeamMember ) .
Put ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , org . AddTeamMember ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , reqOrgOwnership ( ) , org . RemoveTeamMember )
2017-01-20 08:16:10 +03:00
} )
m . Group ( "/repos" , func ( ) {
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , reqToken ( ) , org . GetTeamRepos )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Combo ( "/{org}/{reponame}" ) .
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
Put ( reqToken ( ) , org . AddTeamRepository ) .
Delete ( reqToken ( ) , org . RemoveTeamRepository ) .
Get ( reqToken ( ) , org . GetTeamRepo )
2017-01-20 08:16:10 +03:00
} )
2023-04-04 16:35:31 +03:00
m . Get ( "/activities/feeds" , org . ListTeamActivityFeeds )
2024-10-08 12:51:09 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization ) , orgAssignment ( false , true ) , reqToken ( ) , reqTeamMembership ( ) , checkTokenPublicOnly ( ) )
2015-12-17 10:28:47 +03:00
2015-12-06 01:13:13 +03:00
m . Group ( "/admin" , func ( ) {
2020-08-24 18:48:15 +03:00
m . Group ( "/cron" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , admin . ListCronTasks )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Post ( "/{task}" , admin . PostCronTask )
2020-08-24 18:48:15 +03:00
} )
2019-01-24 01:30:19 +03:00
m . Get ( "/orgs" , admin . GetAllOrgs )
2015-12-06 01:13:13 +03:00
m . Group ( "/users" , func ( ) {
2023-03-15 14:53:01 +03:00
m . Get ( "" , admin . SearchUsers )
2015-12-06 01:13:13 +03:00
m . Post ( "" , bind ( api . CreateUserOption { } ) , admin . CreateUser )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Group ( "/{username}" , func ( ) {
2015-12-06 01:13:13 +03:00
m . Combo ( "" ) . Patch ( bind ( api . EditUserOption { } ) , admin . EditUser ) .
Delete ( admin . DeleteUser )
2017-12-06 13:27:10 +03:00
m . Group ( "/keys" , func ( ) {
m . Post ( "" , bind ( api . CreateKeyOption { } ) , admin . CreatePublicKey )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Delete ( "/{id}" , admin . DeleteUserPublicKey )
2017-12-06 13:27:10 +03:00
} )
2019-01-24 01:30:19 +03:00
m . Get ( "/orgs" , org . ListUserOrgs )
2015-12-17 10:28:47 +03:00
m . Post ( "/orgs" , bind ( api . CreateOrgOption { } ) , admin . CreateOrg )
2015-12-18 06:57:41 +03:00
m . Post ( "/repos" , bind ( api . CreateRepoOption { } ) , admin . CreateRepo )
2023-03-14 10:45:21 +03:00
m . Post ( "/rename" , bind ( api . RenameUserOption { } ) , admin . RenameUser )
feat(quota): Humble beginnings of a quota engine
This is an implementation of a quota engine, and the API routes to
manage its settings. This does *not* contain any enforcement code: this
is just the bedrock, the engine itself.
The goal of the engine is to be flexible and future proof: to be nimble
enough to build on it further, without having to rewrite large parts of
it.
It might feel a little more complicated than necessary, because the goal
was to be able to support scenarios only very few Forgejo instances
need, scenarios the vast majority of mostly smaller instances simply do
not care about. The goal is to support both big and small, and for that,
we need a solid, flexible foundation.
There are thee big parts to the engine: counting quota use, setting
limits, and evaluating whether the usage is within the limits. Sounds
simple on paper, less so in practice!
Quota counting
==============
Quota is counted based on repo ownership, whenever possible, because
repo owners are in ultimate control over the resources they use: they
can delete repos, attachments, everything, even if they don't *own*
those themselves. They can clean up, and will always have the permission
and access required to do so. Would we count quota based on the owning
user, that could lead to situations where a user is unable to free up
space, because they uploaded a big attachment to a repo that has been
taken private since. It's both more fair, and much safer to count quota
against repo owners.
This means that if user A uploads an attachment to an issue opened
against organization O, that will count towards the quota of
organization O, rather than user A.
One's quota usage stats can be queried using the `/user/quota` API
endpoint. To figure out what's eating into it, the
`/user/repos?order_by=size`, `/user/quota/attachments`,
`/user/quota/artifacts`, and `/user/quota/packages` endpoints should be
consulted. There's also `/user/quota/check?subject=<...>` to check
whether the signed-in user is within a particular quota limit.
Quotas are counted based on sizes stored in the database.
Setting quota limits
====================
There are different "subjects" one can limit usage for. At this time,
only size-based limits are implemented, which are:
- `size:all`: As the name would imply, the total size of everything
Forgejo tracks.
- `size:repos:all`: The total size of all repositories (not including
LFS).
- `size:repos:public`: The total size of all public repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:repos:private`: The total size of all private repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:git:all`: The total size of all git data (including all
repositories, and LFS).
- `size:git:lfs`: The size of all git LFS data (either in private or
public repos).
- `size:assets:all`: The size of all assets tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:all`: The size of all kinds of attachments
tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:issues`: Size of all attachments attached to
issues, including issue comments.
- `size:assets:attachments:releases`: Size of all attachments attached
to releases. This does *not* include automatically generated archives.
- `size:assets:artifacts`: Size of all Action artifacts.
- `size:assets:packages:all`: Size of all Packages.
- `size:wiki`: Wiki size
Wiki size is currently not tracked, and the engine will always deem it
within quota.
These subjects are built into Rules, which set a limit on *all* subjects
within a rule. Thus, we can create a rule that says: "1Gb limit on all
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, combined". For a rule to
stand, the total sum of all subjects must be below the rule's limit.
Rules are in turn collected into groups. A group is just a name, and a
list of rules. For a group to stand, all of its rules must stand. Thus,
if we have a group with two rules, one that sets a combined 1Gb limit on
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, and another rule that sets a
256Mb limit on packages, if the user has 512Mb of packages, the group
will not stand, because the second rule deems it over quota. Similarly,
if the user has only 128Mb of packages, but 900Mb of release assets, the
group will not stand, because the combined size of packages and release
assets is over the 1Gb limit of the first rule.
Groups themselves are collected into Group Lists. A group list stands
when *any* of the groups within stand. This allows an administrator to
set conservative defaults, but then place select users into additional
groups that increase some aspect of their limits.
To top it off, it is possible to set the default quota groups a user
belongs to in `app.ini`. If there's no explicit assignment, the engine
will use the default groups. This makes it possible to avoid having to
assign each and every user a list of quota groups, and only those need
to be explicitly assigned who need a different set of groups than the
defaults.
If a user has any quota groups assigned to them, the default list will
not be considered for them.
The management APIs
===================
This commit contains the engine itself, its unit tests, and the quota
management APIs. It does not contain any enforcement.
The APIs are documented in-code, and in the swagger docs, and the
integration tests can serve as an example on how to use them.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:25:41 +03:00
if setting . Quota . Enabled {
m . Group ( "/quota" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , admin . GetUserQuota )
m . Post ( "/groups" , bind ( api . SetUserQuotaGroupsOptions { } ) , admin . SetUserQuotaGroups )
} )
}
2024-02-27 10:12:22 +03:00
} , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) )
2015-12-06 01:13:13 +03:00
} )
2023-03-14 10:54:40 +03:00
m . Group ( "/emails" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , admin . GetAllEmails )
m . Get ( "/search" , admin . SearchEmail )
} )
2020-09-25 07:09:23 +03:00
m . Group ( "/unadopted" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , admin . ListUnadoptedRepositories )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
m . Post ( "/{username}/{reponame}" , admin . AdoptRepository )
m . Delete ( "/{username}/{reponame}" , admin . DeleteUnadoptedRepository )
2020-09-25 07:09:23 +03:00
} )
2023-01-28 21:12:10 +03:00
m . Group ( "/hooks" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( admin . ListHooks ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateHookOption { } ) , admin . CreateHook )
m . Combo ( "/{id}" ) . Get ( admin . GetHook ) .
Patch ( bind ( api . EditHookOption { } ) , admin . EditHook ) .
Delete ( admin . DeleteHook )
} )
2023-12-27 10:57:54 +03:00
m . Group ( "/runners" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/registration-token" , admin . GetRegistrationToken )
} )
feat(quota): Humble beginnings of a quota engine
This is an implementation of a quota engine, and the API routes to
manage its settings. This does *not* contain any enforcement code: this
is just the bedrock, the engine itself.
The goal of the engine is to be flexible and future proof: to be nimble
enough to build on it further, without having to rewrite large parts of
it.
It might feel a little more complicated than necessary, because the goal
was to be able to support scenarios only very few Forgejo instances
need, scenarios the vast majority of mostly smaller instances simply do
not care about. The goal is to support both big and small, and for that,
we need a solid, flexible foundation.
There are thee big parts to the engine: counting quota use, setting
limits, and evaluating whether the usage is within the limits. Sounds
simple on paper, less so in practice!
Quota counting
==============
Quota is counted based on repo ownership, whenever possible, because
repo owners are in ultimate control over the resources they use: they
can delete repos, attachments, everything, even if they don't *own*
those themselves. They can clean up, and will always have the permission
and access required to do so. Would we count quota based on the owning
user, that could lead to situations where a user is unable to free up
space, because they uploaded a big attachment to a repo that has been
taken private since. It's both more fair, and much safer to count quota
against repo owners.
This means that if user A uploads an attachment to an issue opened
against organization O, that will count towards the quota of
organization O, rather than user A.
One's quota usage stats can be queried using the `/user/quota` API
endpoint. To figure out what's eating into it, the
`/user/repos?order_by=size`, `/user/quota/attachments`,
`/user/quota/artifacts`, and `/user/quota/packages` endpoints should be
consulted. There's also `/user/quota/check?subject=<...>` to check
whether the signed-in user is within a particular quota limit.
Quotas are counted based on sizes stored in the database.
Setting quota limits
====================
There are different "subjects" one can limit usage for. At this time,
only size-based limits are implemented, which are:
- `size:all`: As the name would imply, the total size of everything
Forgejo tracks.
- `size:repos:all`: The total size of all repositories (not including
LFS).
- `size:repos:public`: The total size of all public repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:repos:private`: The total size of all private repositories (not
including LFS).
- `size:git:all`: The total size of all git data (including all
repositories, and LFS).
- `size:git:lfs`: The size of all git LFS data (either in private or
public repos).
- `size:assets:all`: The size of all assets tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:all`: The size of all kinds of attachments
tracked by Forgejo.
- `size:assets:attachments:issues`: Size of all attachments attached to
issues, including issue comments.
- `size:assets:attachments:releases`: Size of all attachments attached
to releases. This does *not* include automatically generated archives.
- `size:assets:artifacts`: Size of all Action artifacts.
- `size:assets:packages:all`: Size of all Packages.
- `size:wiki`: Wiki size
Wiki size is currently not tracked, and the engine will always deem it
within quota.
These subjects are built into Rules, which set a limit on *all* subjects
within a rule. Thus, we can create a rule that says: "1Gb limit on all
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, combined". For a rule to
stand, the total sum of all subjects must be below the rule's limit.
Rules are in turn collected into groups. A group is just a name, and a
list of rules. For a group to stand, all of its rules must stand. Thus,
if we have a group with two rules, one that sets a combined 1Gb limit on
release assets, all packages, and git LFS, and another rule that sets a
256Mb limit on packages, if the user has 512Mb of packages, the group
will not stand, because the second rule deems it over quota. Similarly,
if the user has only 128Mb of packages, but 900Mb of release assets, the
group will not stand, because the combined size of packages and release
assets is over the 1Gb limit of the first rule.
Groups themselves are collected into Group Lists. A group list stands
when *any* of the groups within stand. This allows an administrator to
set conservative defaults, but then place select users into additional
groups that increase some aspect of their limits.
To top it off, it is possible to set the default quota groups a user
belongs to in `app.ini`. If there's no explicit assignment, the engine
will use the default groups. This makes it possible to avoid having to
assign each and every user a list of quota groups, and only those need
to be explicitly assigned who need a different set of groups than the
defaults.
If a user has any quota groups assigned to them, the default list will
not be considered for them.
The management APIs
===================
This commit contains the engine itself, its unit tests, and the quota
management APIs. It does not contain any enforcement.
The APIs are documented in-code, and in the swagger docs, and the
integration tests can serve as an example on how to use them.
Signed-off-by: Gergely Nagy <forgejo@gergo.csillger.hu>
2024-07-06 11:25:41 +03:00
if setting . Quota . Enabled {
m . Group ( "/quota" , func ( ) {
m . Group ( "/rules" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( admin . ListQuotaRules ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateQuotaRuleOptions { } ) , admin . CreateQuotaRule )
m . Combo ( "/{quotarule}" , context . QuotaRuleAssignmentAPI ( ) ) .
Get ( admin . GetQuotaRule ) .
Patch ( bind ( api . EditQuotaRuleOptions { } ) , admin . EditQuotaRule ) .
Delete ( admin . DeleteQuotaRule )
} )
m . Group ( "/groups" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( admin . ListQuotaGroups ) .
Post ( bind ( api . CreateQuotaGroupOptions { } ) , admin . CreateQuotaGroup )
m . Group ( "/{quotagroup}" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "" ) . Get ( admin . GetQuotaGroup ) .
Delete ( admin . DeleteQuotaGroup )
m . Group ( "/rules" , func ( ) {
m . Combo ( "/{quotarule}" , context . QuotaRuleAssignmentAPI ( ) ) .
Put ( admin . AddRuleToQuotaGroup ) .
Delete ( admin . RemoveRuleFromQuotaGroup )
} )
m . Group ( "/users" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "" , admin . ListUsersInQuotaGroup )
m . Combo ( "/{username}" , context . UserAssignmentAPI ( ) ) .
Put ( admin . AddUserToQuotaGroup ) .
Delete ( admin . RemoveUserFromQuotaGroup )
} )
} , context . QuotaGroupAssignmentAPI ( ) )
} )
} )
}
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryAdmin ) , reqToken ( ) , reqSiteAdmin ( ) )
2018-04-11 05:51:44 +03:00
m . Group ( "/topics" , func ( ) {
m . Get ( "/search" , repo . TopicSearch )
Redesign Scoped Access Tokens (#24767)
## Changes
- Adds the following high level access scopes, each with `read` and
`write` levels:
- `activitypub`
- `admin` (hidden if user is not a site admin)
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `issue`
- `repository`
- `user`
- Adds new middleware function `tokenRequiresScopes()` in addition to
`reqToken()`
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` is used for each high-level api section
- _if_ a scoped token is present, checks that the required scope is
included based on the section and HTTP method
- `reqToken()` is used for individual routes
- checks that required authentication is present (but does not check
scope levels as this will already have been handled by
`tokenRequiresScopes()`
- Adds migration to convert old scoped access tokens to the new set of
scopes
- Updates the user interface for scope selection
### User interface example
<img width="903" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 55 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/654766ec-2143-4f59-9037-3b51600e32f3">
<img width="917" alt="Screen Shot 2023-05-31 at 1 56 43 PM"
src="https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/assets/23248839/1ad64081-012c-4a73-b393-66b30352654c">
## tokenRequiresScopes Design Decision
- `tokenRequiresScopes()` was added to more reliably cover api routes.
For an incoming request, this function uses the given scope category
(say `AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization`) and the HTTP method (say
`DELETE`) and verifies that any scoped tokens in use include
`delete:organization`.
- `reqToken()` is used to enforce auth for individual routes that
require it. If a scoped token is not present for a request,
`tokenRequiresScopes()` will not return an error
## TODO
- [x] Alphabetize scope categories
- [x] Change 'public repos only' to a radio button (private vs public).
Also expand this to organizations
- [X] Disable token creation if no scopes selected. Alternatively, show
warning
- [x] `reqToken()` is missing from many `POST/DELETE` routes in the api.
`tokenRequiresScopes()` only checks that a given token has the correct
scope, `reqToken()` must be used to check that a token (or some other
auth) is present.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] The migration should be reviewed very carefully in order to
minimize access changes to existing user tokens.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- [x] Link to api to swagger documentation, clarify what
read/write/delete levels correspond to
- [x] Review cases where more than one scope is needed as this directly
deviates from the api definition.
- _This should be addressed in this PR_
- For example:
```go
m.Group("/users/{username}/orgs", func() {
m.Get("", reqToken(), org.ListUserOrgs)
m.Get("/{org}/permissions", reqToken(), org.GetUserOrgsPermissions)
}, tokenRequiresScopes(auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryUser,
auth_model.AccessTokenScopeCategoryOrganization),
context_service.UserAssignmentAPI())
```
## Future improvements
- [ ] Add required scopes to swagger documentation
- [ ] Redesign `reqToken()` to be opt-out rather than opt-in
- [ ] Subdivide scopes like `repository`
- [ ] Once a token is created, if it has no scopes, we should display
text instead of an empty bullet point
- [ ] If the 'public repos only' option is selected, should read
categories be selected by default
Closes #24501
Closes #24799
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Tran <jon@allspice.io>
Co-authored-by: Kyle D <kdumontnu@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <me@silverwind.io>
2023-06-04 21:57:16 +03:00
} , tokenRequiresScopes ( auth_model . AccessTokenScopeCategoryRepository ) )
2021-01-26 18:36:53 +03:00
} , sudo ( ) )
return m
2019-05-13 18:38:53 +03:00
}